Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 368

GE Medical Systems

gemedical.com

Technical
Publication

Direction 2406876-100
Revision 7
GE Medical Systems
Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System
Service Manual

Copyright © 2004~2008
by General Electric Company, Inc.
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Published by the GE Company, Inc.


Engineering/Technical: Erna Yan

Page 2
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

LEGAL NOTES

TRADEMARKS
Adobe, the Adobe logo, Acrobat, the Acrobat logo, Exchange, and PostScript are trademarks of
Adobe Systems Incorporated or its subsidiaries and may be registered in certain jurisdictions.
Microsoft is a registered trademark and Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
All other products and their name brands are trademarks of their respective holders.

COPYRIGHTS
All Material, Copyright © 2004~2008 by General Electric Company, Inc. All rights reserved.

Legal Notes Page 3


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 4 Legal Notes


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS

LANGUAGE

ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ • ТОВА УПЪТВАНЕ ЗА РАБОТА Е НАЛИЧНО САМО НА АНГЛИЙСКИ ЕЗИК.


(BG) • АКО ДОСТАВЧИКЪТ НА УСЛУГАТА НА КЛИЕНТА ИЗИСКА ЕЗИК,
РАЗЛИЧЕН ОТ АНГЛИЙСКИ, ЗАДЪЛЖЕНИЕ НА КЛИЕНТА Е ДА ОСИГУРИ
ПРЕВОД.
• НЕ ИЗПОЛЗВАЙТЕ ОБОРУДВАНЕТО ПРЕДИ ДА СТЕ СЕ КОНСУЛТИРАЛИ
И РАЗБРАЛИ УПЪТВАНЕТО ЗА РАБОТА.
• НЕСПАЗВАНЕТО НА ТОВА ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ МОЖЕ ДА ДОВЕДЕ ДО
НАРАНЯВАНЕ НА ДОСТАВЧИКА НА УСЛУГАТА, ОПЕРАТОРА ИЛИ
ПАЦИЕНТ В РЕЗУЛТАТ НА ТОКОВ УДАР ИЛИ МЕХАНИЧНА ИЛИ ДРУГА
ОПАСНОСТ.

警告 • 本维修手册仅提供英文版本。

(ZH-CN) • 如果维修服务提供商需要非英文版本,客户需自行提供翻译服务。
• 未详细阅读和完全理解本维修手册之前,不得进行维修。
• 忽略本警告可能对维修人员,操作员或患者造成触电、机械伤害或其他形式的伤害。

VÝSTRAHA • TENTO PROVOZNÍ NÁVOD EXISTUJE POUZE V ANGLICKÉM JAZYCE.


(CS) • V PŘÍPADĚ, ŽE EXTERNÍ SLUŽBA ZÁKAZNÍKŮM POTŘEBUJE NÁVOD V
JINÉM JAZYCE, JE ZAJIŠTĚNÍ PŘEKLADU DO ODPOVÍDAJÍCÍHO JAZYKA
ÚKOLEM ZÁKAZNÍKA.
• NESNAŽTE SE O ÚDRŽBU TOHOTO ZAŘÍZENÍ, ANIŽ BYSTE SI PŘEČETLI
TENTO PROVOZNÍ NÁVOD A POCHOPILI JEHO OBSAH.
• V PŘÍPADĚ NEDODRŽOVÁNÍ TÉTO VÝSTRAHY MŮŽE DOJÍT K PORANĚNÍ
PRACOVNÍKA PRODEJNÍHO SERVISU, OBSLUŽNÉHO PERSONÁLU NEBO
PACIENTŮ VLIVEM ELEKTRICKÉHOP PROUDU, RESPEKTIVE VLIVEM
MECHANICKÝCH ČI JINÝCH RIZIK.

ADVARSEL • DENNE SERVICEMANUAL FINDES KUN PÅ ENGELSK.


(DA) • HVIS EN KUNDES TEKNIKER HAR BRUG FOR ET ANDET SPROG END
ENGELSK, ER DET KUNDENS ANSVAR AT SØRGE FOR OVERSÆTTELSE.
• FORSØG IKKE AT SERVICERE UDSTYRET MEDMINDRE
DENNE SERVICEMANUAL HAR VÆRET KONSULTERET OG ER FORSTÅET.
• MANGLENDE OVERHOLDELSE AF DENNE ADVARSEL KAN MEDFØRE
SKADE PÅ GRUND AF ELEKTRISK, MEKANISK ELLER ANDEN FARE FOR
TEKNIKEREN, OPERATØREN ELLER PATIENTEN.

Important Precautions Page 5


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

WAARSCHUWING • DEZE ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING IS ENKEL IN HET ENGELS


VERKRIJGBAAR.
(NL)
• ALS HET ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL EEN ANDERE TAAL VEREIST, DAN IS
DE KLANT VERANTWOORDELIJK VOOR DE VERTALING ERVAN.
• PROBEER DE APPARATUUR NIET TE ONDERHOUDEN VOORDAT DEZE
ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING WERD GERAADPLEEGD EN BEGREPEN IS.
• INDIEN DEZE WAARSCHUWING NIET WORDT OPGEVOLGD, ZOU HET
ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL, DE OPERATOR OF EEN PATIËNT GEWOND
KUNNEN RAKEN ALS GEVOLG VAN EEN ELEKTRISCHE SCHOK,
MECHANISCHE OF ANDERE GEVAREN.

• THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.


WARNING
• IF A CUSTOMER’S SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE
(EN) OTHER THAN ENGLISH, IT IS THE CUSTOMER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO
PROVIDE TRANSLATION SERVICES.
• DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS
SERVICE MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD.
• FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE
SERVICE PROVIDER, OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC
SHOCK, MECHANICAL OR OTHER HAZARDS.

HOIATUS • KÄESOLEV TEENINDUSJUHEND ON SAADAVAL AINULT INGLISE KEELES.


(ET) • KUI KLIENDITEENINDUSE OSUTAJA NÕUAB JUHENDIT INGLISE KEELEST
ERINEVAS KEELES, VASTUTAB KLIENT TÕLKETEENUSE OSUTAMISE EEST.
• ÄRGE ÜRITAGE SEADMEID TEENINDADA ENNE EELNEVALT
KÄESOLEVA TEENINDUSJUHENDIGA TUTVUMIST JA SELLEST ARU
SAAMIST.
• KÄESOLEVA HOIATUSE EIRAMINE VÕIB PÕHJUSTADA TEENUSEOSUTAJA,
OPERAATORI VÕI PATSIENDI VIGASTAMIST ELEKTRILÖÖGI, MEHAANILISE
VÕI MUU OHU TAGAJÄRJEL.

VAROITUS • TÄMÄ HUOLTO-OHJE ON SAATAVILLA VAIN ENGLANNIKSI.


(FI) • JOS ASIAKKAAN HUOLTOHENKILÖSTÖ VAATII MUUTA KUIN
ENGLANNINKIELISTÄ MATERIAALIA, TARVITTAVAN KÄÄNNÖKSEN
HANKKIMINEN ON ASIAKKAAN VASTUULLA.
• ÄLÄ YRITÄ KORJATA LAITTEISTOA ENNEN KUIN OLET VARMASTI LUKENUT
JA YMMÄRTÄNYT TÄMÄN HUOLTO-OHJEEN.
• MIKÄLI TÄTÄ VAROITUSTA EI NOUDATETA, SEURAUKSENA VOI OLLA
HUOLTOHENKILÖSTÖN, LAITTEISTON KÄYTTÄJÄN TAI POTILAAN
VAHINGOITTUMINEN SÄHKÖISKUN, MEKAANISEN VIAN TAI MUUN
VAARATILANTEEN VUOKSI.

Page 6 Important Precautions


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

• CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE N’EST DISPONIBLE QU’EN ANGLAIS.


ATTENTION
• SI LE TECHNICIEN DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE
(FR)
AUTRE LANGUE QUE L’ANGLAIS, C’EST AU CLIENT QU’IL INCOMBE
DE LE FAIRE TRADUIRE.
• NE PAS TENTER D’INTERVENTION SUR LES ÉQUIPEMENTS TANT
QUE LE MANUEL SERVICE N’A PAS ÉTÉ CONSULTÉ ET COMPRIS.
• LE NON-RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRAÎNER CHEZ
LE TECHNICIEN, L’OPÉRATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES
DUES À DES DANGERS ÉLECTRIQUES, MÉCANIQUES OU AUTRES.

WARNUNG • DIESE SERVICEANLEITUNG EXISTIERT NUR IN ENGLISCHER SPRACHE.


(DE) • FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BENÖTIGT,
IST ES AUFGABE DES KUNDEN FÜR EINE ENTSPRECHENDE
ÜBERSETZUNG ZU SORGEN.
• VERSUCHEN SIE NICHT DIESE ANLAGE ZU WARTEN,
OHNE DIESE SERVICEANLEITUNG GELESEN UND VERSTANDEN ZU HABEN.
• WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET, SO KANN ES ZU
VERLETZUNGEN DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS, DES BEDIENERS ODER
DES PATIENTEN DURCH STROMSCHLÄGE, MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE
GEFAHREN KOMMEN.

ΠΡΟΕΙΔΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ • ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙΔΙΟ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ΔΙΑΤΙΘΕΤΑΙ ΣΤΑ ΑΓΓΛΙΚΑ ΜΟΝΟ.

(EL) • ΕΑΝ ΤΟ ΑΤΟΜΟ ΠΑΡΟΧΗΣ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ΕΝΟΣ ΠΕΛΑΤΗ ΑΠΑΙΤΕΙ ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ


ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙΔΙΟ ΣΕ ΓΛΩΣΣΑ ΕΚΤΟΣ ΤΩΝ ΑΓΓΛΙΚΩΝ, ΑΠΟΤΕΛΕΙ ΕΥΘΥΝΗ ΤΟΥ
ΠΕΛΑΤΗ ΝΑ ΠΑΡΕΧΕΙ ΥΠΗΡΕΣΙΕΣ ΜΕΤΑΦΡΑΣΗΣ.
• ΜΗΝ ΕΠΙΧΕΙΡΗΣΕΤΕ ΤΗΝ ΕΚΤΕΛΕΣΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΩΝ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ΣΤΟΝ ΕΞΟΠΛΙΣΜΟ
ΕΚΤΟΣ ΕΑΝ ΕΧΕΤΕ ΣΥΜΒΟΥΛΕΥΤΕΙ ΚΑΙ ΕΧΕΤΕ ΚΑΤΑΝΟΗΣΕΙ ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ
ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙΔΙΟ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ.
• ΕΑΝ ΔΕ ΛΑΒΕΤΕ ΥΠΟΨΗ ΤΗΝ ΠΡΟΕΙΔΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ ΑΥΤΗ, ΕΝΔΕΧΕΤΑΙ ΝΑ
ΠΡΟΚΛΗΘΕΙ ΤΡΑΥΜΑΤΙΣΜΟΣ ΣΤΟ ΑΤΟΜΟ ΠΑΡΟΧΗΣ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ, ΣΤΟ ΧΕΙΡΙΣΤΗ
Ή ΣΤΟΝ ΑΣΘΕΝΗ ΑΠΟ ΗΛΕΚΤΡΟΠΛΗΞΙΑ, ΜΗΧΑΝΙΚΟΥΣ Ή ΑΛΛΟΥΣ
ΚΙΝΔΥΝΟΥΣ.

FIGYELMEZTETÉS • EZEN KARBANTARTÁSI KÉZIKÖNYV KIZÁRÓLAG ANGOL NYELVEN ÉRHETŐ


EL.
(HU)
• HA A VEVŐ SZOLGÁLTATÓJA ANGOLTÓL ELTÉRŐ NYELVRE TART IGÉNYT,
AKKOR A VEVŐ FELELŐSSÉGE A FORDÍTÁS ELKÉSZÍTTETÉSE.
• NE PRÓBÁLJA ELKEZDENI HASZNÁLNI A BERENDEZÉST, AMÍG A
KARBANTARTÁSI KÉZIKÖNYVBEN LEÍRTAKAT NEM ÉRTELMEZTÉK.
• EZEN FIGYELMEZTETÉS FIGYELMEN KÍVÜL HAGYÁSA A SZOLGÁLTATÓ,
MŰKÖDTETŐ VAGY A BETEG ÁRAMÜTÉS, MECHANIKAI VAGY EGYÉB
VESZÉLYHELYZET MIATTI SÉRÜLÉSÉT EREDMÉNYEZHETI.

Important Precautions Page 7


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

AÐVÖRUN • ÞESSI ÞJÓNUSTUHANDBÓK ER EINGÖNGU FÁANLEG Á ENSKU.


(IS) • EF AÐ ÞJÓNUSTUVEITANDI VIÐSKIPTAMANNS ÞARFNAST ANNAS
TUNGUMÁLS EN ENSKU, ER ÞAÐ SKYLDA VIÐSKIPTAMANNS AÐ SKAFFA
TUNGUMÁLAÞJÓNUSTU.
• REYNIÐ EKKI AÐ AFGREIÐA TÆKIÐ NEMA AÐ ÞESSI ÞJÓNUSTUHANDBÓK
HEFUR VERIÐ SKOÐUÐ OG SKILIN.
• BROT Á SINNA ÞESSARI AÐVÖRUN GETUR LEITT TIL MEIÐSLA Á
ÞJÓNUSTUVEITANDA, STJÓRNANDA EÐA SJÚKLINGS FRÁ RAFLOSTI,
VÉLRÆNU EÐA ÖÐRUM ÁHÆTTUM.

• IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE È DISPONIBILE


AVVERTENZA SOLTANTO IN INGLESE.
(IT)
• SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEMS
RICHIEDE IL MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA, IL CLIENTE È
TENUTO A PROVVEDERE DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE.
• SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELL’APPARECCHIATURA
SOLO DOPO AVER CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED
AVERNE COMPRESO IL CONTENUTO.
• IL NON RISPETTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR
COMPIERE OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALL’ADDETTO
ALLA MANUTENZIONE, ALL’UTILIZZATORE ED AL PAZIENTE PER
FOLGORAZIONE ELETTRICA, PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI
RISCHI.

• このサービスマニュアルには英語版しかありません。

(JA) • サービスを担当される業者が英語以外の言語を要求される場合、翻訳作業はその業
者の責任で行うものとさせていただきます。

• このサービスマニュアルを熟読し理解せずに、装置のサービスを行わないでくださ
い。

• この警告に従わない場合、サービスを担当される方、操作員あるいは患者さんが、
感電や機械的又はその他の危険により負傷する可能性があります。

Page 8 Important Precautions


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

경고 • 본 서비스 지침서는 영어로만 이용하실 수 있습니다.

(KO) • 고객의 서비스 제공자가 영어 이외의 언어를 요구할 경우, 번역 서비스를 제공하는 것
은 고객의 책임입니다.

• 본 서비스 지침서를 참고했고 이해하지 않는 한은 해당 장비를 수리하려고 시도하지


마십시오.

• 이 경고에 유의하지 않으면 전기 쇼크, 기계상의 혹은 다른 위험으로부터 서비스 제공


자, 운영자 혹은 환자에게 위해를 가할 수 있습니다.

BRĪDINĀJUMS • ŠĪ APKALPES ROKASGRĀMATA IR PIEEJAMA TIKAI ANGĻU VALODĀ.


(LV) • JA KLIENTA APKALPES SNIEDZĒJAM NEPIECIEŠAMA INFORMĀCIJA CITĀ
VALODĀ, NEVIS ANGĻU, KLIENTA PIENĀKUMS IR NODROŠINĀT
TULKOŠANU.
• NEVEICIET APRĪKOJUMA APKALPI BEZ APKALPES ROKASGRĀMATAS
IZLASĪŠANAS UN SAPRAŠANAS.
• ŠĪ BRĪDINĀJUMA NEIEVĒROŠANA VAR RADĪT ELEKTRISKĀS STRĀVAS
TRIECIENA, MEHĀNISKU VAI CITU RISKU IZRAISĪTU TRAUMU APKALPES
SNIEDZĒJAM, OPERATORAM VAI PACIENTAM.

ĮSPĖJIMAS • ŠIS EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVAS YRA PRIEINAMAS TIK ANGLŲ KALBA.


(LT) • JEI KLIENTO PASLAUGŲ TIEKĖJAS REIKALAUJA VADOVO KITA KALBA – NE
ANGLŲ, NUMATYTI VERTIMO PASLAUGAS YRA KLIENTO ATSAKOMYBĖ.
• NEMĖGINKITE ATLIKTI ĮRANGOS TECHNINĖS PRIEŽIŪROS, NEBENT
ATSIŽVELGĖTE Į ŠĮ EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVĄ IR JĮ SUPRATOTE.
• JEI NEATKREIPSITE DĖMESIO Į ŠĮ PERSPĖJIMĄ, GALIMI SUŽALOJIMAI DĖL
ELEKTROS ŠOKO.
• MECHANINIŲ AR KITŲ PAVOJŲ PASLAUGŲ TIEKĖJUI, OPERATORIUI AR
PACIENTUI.

ADVARSEL • DENNE SERVICEHÅNDBOKEN FINNES BARE PÅ ENGELSK.


(NO) • HVIS KUNDENS SERVICELEVERANDØR TRENGER ET ANNET SPRÅK, ER
DET KUNDENS ANSVAR Å SØRGE FOR OVERSETTELSE.
• IKKE FORSØK Å REPARERE UTSTYRET UTEN AT DENNE
SERVICEHÅNDBOKEN ER LEST OG FORSTÅTT.
• MANGLENDE HENSYN TIL DENNE ADVARSELEN KAN FØRE TIL AT
SERVICELEVERANDØREN, OPERATØREN ELLER PASIENTEN SKADES PÅ
GRUNN AV ELEKTRISK STØT, MEKANISKE ELLER ANDRE FARER.

Important Precautions Page 9


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

OSTRZEŻENIE • NINIEJSZY PODRĘCZNIK SERWISOWY DOSTĘPNY JEST JEDYNIE W JĘZYKU


ANGIELSKIM.
(PL)
• JEŚLI DOSTAWCA USŁUG KLIENTA WYMAGA JĘZYKA INNEGO NIŻ
ANGIELSKI, ZAPEWNIENIE USŁUGI TŁUMACZENIA JEST OBOWIĄZKIEM
KLIENTA.
• NIE PRÓBOWAĆ SERWISOWAĆ WYPOSAŻENIA BEZ ZAPOZNANIA SIĘ I
ZROZUMIENIA NINIEJSZEGO PODRĘCZNIKA SERWISOWEGO.
• NIEZASTOSOWANIE SIĘ DO TEGO OSTRZEŻENIA MOŻE SPOWODOWAĆ
URAZY DOSTAWCY USŁUG, OPERATORA LUB PACJENTA W WYNIKU
PORAŻENIA ELEKTRYCZNEGO, ZAGROŻENIA MECHANICZNEGO BĄDŹ
INNEGO.

ATENÇÃO • ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA SÓ SE ENCONTRA DISPONÍVEL


EM INGLÊS.
(PT)
• SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIÇO DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA, QUE NÃO A
GEMS, SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, É DA
RESPONSABILIDADE DO CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIÇOS DE
TRADUÇÃO.
• NÃO TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO E
COMPREENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÉNCIA TÉCNICA
• O NÃO CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR EM PERIGO A SEGURANÇA
DO TÉCNICO, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A CHOQUES ELÉTRICOS,
MECÂNICOS OU OUTROS.

ATENŢIE • ACEST MANUAL DE SERVICE ESTE DISPONIBIL NUMAI ÎN LIMBA ENGLEZĂ.


(RO) • DACĂ UN FURNIZOR DE SERVICII PENTRU CLIENŢI NECESITĂ O ALTĂ
LIMBĂ DECÂT CEA ENGLEZĂ, ESTE DE DATORIA CLIENTULUI SĂ
FURNIZEZE O TRADUCERE.
• NU ÎNCERCAŢI SĂ REPARAŢI ECHIPAMENTUL DECÂT ULTERIOR
CONSULTĂRII ŞI ÎNŢELEGERII ACESTUI MANUAL DE SERVICE.
• IGNORAREA ACESTUI AVERTISMENT AR PUTEA DUCE LA RĂNIREA
DEPANATORULUI, OPERATORULUI SAU PACIENTULUI ÎN URMA
PERICOLELOR DE ELECTROCUTARE, MECANICE SAU DE ALTĂ NATURĂ.

Page 10 Important Precautions


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

ОСТОРОЖНО! • ДАННОЕ РУКОВОДСТВО ПО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЮ ПРЕДЛАГАЕТСЯ ТОЛЬКО


НА АНГЛИЙСКОМ ЯЗЫКЕ.
(RU)
• ЕСЛИ СЕРВИСНОМУ ПЕРСОНАЛУ КЛИЕНТА НЕОБХОДИМО
РУКОВОДСТВО НЕ НА АНГЛИЙСКОМ, А НА КАКОМ-ТО ДРУГОМ ЯЗЫКЕ,
КЛИЕНТУ СЛЕДУЕТ САМОСТОЯТЕЛЬНО ОБЕСПЕЧИТЬ ПЕРЕВОД.
• ПЕРЕД ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЕМ ОБОРУДОВАНИЯ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНО
ОБРАТИТЕСЬ К ДАННОМУ РУКОВОДСТВУ И ПОЙМИТЕ ИЗЛОЖЕННЫЕ В
НЕМ СВЕДЕНИЯ.
• НЕСОБЛЮДЕНИЕ ТРЕБОВАНИЙ ДАННОГО ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЯ МОЖЕТ
ПРИВЕСТИ К ТОМУ, ЧТО СПЕЦИАЛИСТ ПО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЮ, ОПЕРАТОР
ИЛИ ПАЦИЕНТ ПОЛУЧАТ УДАР ЭЛЕКТРИЧЕСКИМ ТОКОМ,
МЕХАНИЧЕСКУЮ ТРАВМУ ИЛИ ДРУГОЕ ПОВРЕЖДЕНИЕ.

UPOZORNENIE • TENTO NÁVOD NA OBSLUHU JE K DISPOZÍCII LEN V ANGLIČTINE.

(SK) • AK ZÁKAZNÍKOV POSKYTOVATEĽ SLUŽIEB VYŽADUJE INÝ JAZYK AKO


ANGLIČTINU, POSKYTNUTIE PREKLADATEĽSKÝCH SLUŽIEB JE
ZODPOVEDNOSŤOU ZÁKAZNÍKA.
• NEPOKÚŠAJTE SA O OBSLUHU ZARIADENIA SKÔR, AKO SI NEPREČÍTATE
NÁVOD NA OBLUHU A NEPOROZUMIETE MU.
• ZANEDBANIE TOHTO UPOZORNENIA MÔŽE VYÚSTIŤ DO ZRANENIA
POSKYTOVATEĽA SLUŽIEB, OBSLUHUJÚCEJ OSOBY ALEBO PACIENTA
ELEKTRICKÝM PRÚDOM, DO MECHANICKÉHO ALEBO INÉHO
NEBEZPEČENSTVA.

ATENCION • ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SOLO EXISTE EN INGLES.


(ES) • SI ALGUN PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEMS SOLICITA UN IDIOMA
QUE NO SEA EL INGLES, ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN
SERVICIO DE TRADUCCION.
• NO SE DEBERA DAR SERVICIO TECNICO AL EQUIPO,
SIN HABER CONSULTADO Y COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO.
• LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL
PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS, EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN
LESIONES PROVOCADAS POR CAUSAS ELÉCTRICAS, MECÁNICAS O DE
OTRA NATURALEZA.

Important Precautions Page 11


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

VARNING • DEN HÄR SERVICEHANDBOKEN FINNS BARA TILLGÄNGLIG PÅ ENGELSKA.


(SV) • OM EN KUNDS SERVICETEKNIKER HAR BEHOV AV ETT ANNAT SPRÅK ÄN
ENGELSKA ANSVARAR KUNDEN FÖR ATT TILLHANDAHÅLLA
ÖVERSÄTTNINGSTJÄNSTER.
• FÖRSÖK INTE UTFÖRA SERVICE PÅ UTRUSTNINGEN OM DU INTE HAR LÄST
OCH FÖRSTÅR DEN HÄR SERVICEHANDBOKEN.
• OM DU INTE TAR HÄNSYN TILL DEN HÄR VARNINGEN KAN DET RESULTERA
I SKADOR PÅ SERVICETEKNIKERN, OPERATÖREN ELLER PATIENTEN TILL
FÖLJD AV ELEKTRISKA STÖTAR, MEKANISKA FAROR ELLER ANDRA
FAROR.

DİKKAT • BU SERVİS KILAVUZUNUN SADECE İNGİLİZCESİ MEVCUTTUR.


(TR) • EĞER MÜŞTERİ TEKNİSYENİ BU KILAVUZU İNGİLİZCE DIŞINDA BİR BAŞKA
LİSANDAN TALEP EDERSE, BUNU TERCÜME ETTİRMEK MÜŞTERİYE DÜŞER.
• SERVİS KILAVUZUNU OKUYUP ANLAMADAN EKİPMANLARA MÜDAHALE
ETMEYİNİZ.
• BU UYARIYA UYULMAMASI, ELEKTRİK, MEKANİK VEYA DİĞER
TEHLİKELERDEN DOLAYI TEKNİSYEN, OPERATÖR VEYA HASTANIN
YARALANMASINA YOL AÇABİLİR.

Page 12 Important Precautions


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION
All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent write “Damage
In Shipment” on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or “signed
for” by a GE representative or hospital receiving agent. Whether noted or concealed, damage
MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in any event, within 14 days after
receipt, and the contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier. A transportation
company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14 day period.
Call Service Center, People’s Republic of China, BJ 86-10-800-810-8188, immediately after
damage is found. At this time be ready to supply name of carrier, delivery date, consignee name,
freight or express bill number, item damaged and extent of damage.
Complete instructions regarding claim procedure are found in Section S of the Policy And
Procedures Bulletins.
14 July 1993

CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT


All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared
for the equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. In addition, electrical feeds
into the Power Distribution Unit shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other
connections between pieces of electrical equipment, calibrations and testing shall be performed by
qualified GE Medical personnel. The products involved (and the accompanying electrical
installations) are highly sophisticated, and special engineering competence is required. In
performing all electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field
engineers. All of GE’s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the
applicable electrical codes.
The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GE’s field engineers,
personnel of third-party service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to
perform electrical servicing on the equipment.

IMPORTANT...X-RAY PROTECTION
X-ray equipment if not properly used may cause injury. Accordingly, the instructions herein
contained should be thoroughly read and understood by everyone who will use the equipment
before you attempt to place this equipment in operation. The General Electric Company, Medical
Systems Group, will be glad to assist and cooperate in placing this equipment in use.
Although this apparatus incorporates a high degree of protection against x-radiation other than the
useful beam, no practical design of equipment can provide complete protection. Nor can any
practical design compel the operator to take adequate precautions to prevent the possibility of any
persons carelessly exposing themselves or others to radiation.
It is important that anyone having anything to do with x-radiation be properly trained and fully
acquainted with the recommendations of the National Council on Radiation Protection and
Measurements as published in NCRP Reports available from NCRP Publications, 7910 Woodmont
Avenue, Room 1016, Bethesda, Maryland 20814, and of the International Commission on
Radiation Protection, and of any other local authorities, and take adequate steps to protect against
injury.
The equipment is sold with the understanding that the General Electric Company, Medical Systems
Group, its agents, and representatives have no responsibility for injury or damage which may result
from improper use of the equipment.
Various protective materials and devices are available. It is urged that such materials or devices be used.

OMISSIONS & ERRORS


Customers, please contact your GE Sales or Service representatives.

Important Precautions Page 13


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
GE personnel, please use the GEMS CQA Process to report all omissions, errors, and defects in
this publication.

Page 14 Important Precautions


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Revision History
Revision Date Reason for change
1 Dec. 15, 2004 Frist release
2 May 10, 2005 Remove corresponding contents for Analog Systems
3 Apr. 10, 2006 Optimize Installation and calibration, add System checks, and
update MIS charts
4 Aug. 4, 2006 Seperate Class A and Class M Service Manual
5 Nov. 30, 2006 Update Schematics, FRU, Table I/O Board Information
6 Jun. 20,2007 Introduce in new touch screen
7 Jan. 24,2008 Add watchdog installation, CPI touch screen website, DICOM/
DSA/watchdog license labels attachment, collimator mounting
screws PM, and update FRU list

Revision History Page 15


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

List of Effected Pages

PAGES REVISION PAGES REVISION


1 to 536 1 1 to 470 2
1 to 534 3 1 to 368 4
1 to 372 5 1 to 366 6
1 to 366 7

Page 16 List of Effected Pages


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Preface
Publication Conventions
Standardized conventions for representing information is a uniform way of communicating
information to a reader in a consistent manner. Conventions are used so that the reader can easily
recognize the actions or decisions that must be made. There are a number of character and
paragraph styles used in this publication to accomplish this task. Please become familiar with them
before proceeding forward.
It’s important that you read and understand hazard statements, and not just ignore them.

Section 1.0
Safety & Hazard Information
Proper product safety labeling allows a person to safely use or service a product. The format and
style for safety communications reflected in this publication represents the harmonization of IEC/
ISO 3864 and ANSI Z535 standards.
Within this publication, different paragraph and character styles are used to indicated potential
hazards. Paragraph prefixes, such as hazard, caution, danger and warning, are used to identify
important safety information. Text (Hazard) styles are applied to the paragraph contents that are
applicable to each specific safety statement.

1.1 Hazard Messages


Any action that will, could or potentially cause personal injury will be preceded by the safety alert
symbol and an appropriate signal word. The safety alert symbol is the triangle with an exclamation
mark within it. It’s always used next to the signal word to indicate the severity of the hazard.
Together, they are used to indicate a hazard exists.
Signal words describe the severity of possible human injures that may be encountered. The alert
symbol and signal word are placed immediately before any paragraph they affect. Safety
information includes:
1.) Signal Word - The seriousness level of the hazard.
2.) Symbol or Pictorial - The consequence of interaction with the hazard.
3.) Word Message:
a.) The nature of the hazard (i.e. the type of hazard)
b.) How to avoid the hazard.
The safety alert symbol is not used when an action can only cause equipment damage.

1.2 Text Format of Signal Words


DANGER - INDICATES AN IMMINENTLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH, IF
NOT AVOIDED, WILL RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. THIS SIGNAL
WORD IS TO BE LIMITED TO THE MOST EXTREME SITUATIONS.
WARNING - INDICATES A POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH, IF NOT
AVOIDED, COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
Caution - Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in
minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.

Preface Page 17
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
NOTICE - Indicates information or a company policy that relates directly or indirectly to the
safety of personnel or protection of property. This signal word is associated directly with a
hazard or hazardous situation and is used in place of 'DANGER,' 'WARNING,' or 'CAUTION.'
It can include:
• Destruction of a disk drive
• Potential for internal mechanical damage, such as to a X-ray tube

1.3 Symbols and Pictorials Used


The following Symbols and Pictorials are be used in this publication. These graphical icons
(symbols) may be used to make you aware of specific types of hazards that could possibly cause
harm.

keep_up magnetic biohazard compressgas ppe-hearing

fragile impact corrosive heavyobject ppe-2people

static_elec heat general laser ppe-respitory

keep_dry pinch radiation poisongas ppe-loto

general explosive electrical flammable ppe-eye

torque crush/mechanical tipping Read Manual ppe-gloves

ce instuction poisonmatl entanglement instuction

Page 18 Preface
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2.0
Publication Conventions
2.1 General Paragraph and Character Styles
Prefixes are used to highlight important non-safety related information. Paragraph prefixes (such
as Purpose, Example, Comment or Note) are used to identify important but non-safety related
information. Text styles are also applied to text within each paragraph modified by the specific
prefix.

EXAMPLES OF PREFIXES USED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION


Purpose: Introduces and provides meaning as to the information contained within the chapter,
section or subsection (such as used at the beginning this chapter, for example).
Note: Conveys information that should be considered important to the reader.
Example: Used to make the reader aware that the paragraph(s) that follow are examples of information
possibly stated previously.
Comment: Represents “additional” information that may or may not be relevant to your situation.

2.2 Page Layout


Publication Part Number & Revision Number Publication Title

The current section and its title The current chapter and its title
are always shown in the footer of are always shown in the footer of
the left (even) page. the right (odd) page.
An exclamation point in a triangle is used Paragraphs preceeded by a symbol
to indicate important information to the user. (e.g. bullets) contain information that
Paragraphs preceeded by Alphanumeric has no specific order.
characters (e.g. numbers) contain infor-
mation that must be followed in a specific order.

Headers and footers in this publication are designed to allow you to quickly identify your location.
The document part number and revision number appears in every header on every page. Odd
numbered page footers indicate the current chapter, its title and current page number. Even page
footers show the current section and its title, as well as the current page number.

Preface Page 19
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
2.3 Computer Screen Output/Input Text Character Styles
Within this publication, mono-spaced character styles (fonts) are used to indicate computer text
that’s either screen input and output. Mono-spaced fonts, such courier, are used to indicated text
direction. When you type at your keyboard, you are generating computer input. Occasionally you
will see the math operator “greater-than” and “less-than” symbols used to indicate the start and
finish of variable output. When reading text generated by the computer, you are reading it as
computer generated output. In addition to direction, characters are italicized (e.g. italics) to indicate
information specific to your system or site.
Example: This paragraph’s font represents computer generated screen “fixed” output.
Fixed Output Its output is fixed from the sense that it does not vary from application
to application. It’s the most commonly used style used to indicate
filenames, paths and text that do not change from system to system. The
character style used is a fixed width such as courier.
Example: This paragraph’s font represents computer screen output that is
Variable Output “variable”. It’s used to represent output that varies from application to
application or system to system. Variable output is sometimes found placed
between greater-than and less-than operators for clarification. For
example: <variable_ouput> or <3.45.120.3>. In both cases, the < and >
operators are not part of the actual input.
Example: This paragraph’s font represents fixed input. It’s computer input that is
Fixed Input typed-in via the keyboard. Typed input that does not vary from application
to application or system to system. Fixed text the user is required to
supply as input. For example: cd /usr/3p
Example: This paragraph’s font represents computer input that can vary from
Variable Input application to application or system to system. With variable text, the
user is required to supply system dependent input or information. Variable
input sometimes is placed between greater-than and less-than operators.
For example: <variable_input>. In these cases, the (<>) operators would
be dropped prior to input. For example: ypcat hosts | grep <3.45.120.3>
would be typed into the computer as
ypcat hosts | grep 3.45.120.3
without the greater-than and less-than operators.

2.4 Buttons, Switches and Keyboard Inputs (Hard & Soft Keys)
Different character styles are used to indicate actions requiring the reader to press either a hard or
soft button, switch or key. Physical hardware, such as buttons and switches, are called hard keys
because they are hard wired or mechanical in nature. A keyboard or on/off switch would be a hard
key. Software or computer generated buttons are called soft keys because they are software
generated. Software driven menu buttons are an example of such keys. Soft and hard keys are
represented differently in this publication.
Example: A power switch ON/OFF or a keyboard key like ENTER is indicated by applying a character style
Hard Keys that uses both over and under-lined bold text that is bold. This is a hard key.
Example: Whereas the computer MENU button that you would click with your mouse or touch with your hand
Soft Keys uses over and under-lined regular text. This is a soft key.

Page 20 Preface
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Glossary of Acroymns & Their Meaning

ACROYMN DEFINITION
ABC / (ABS) Automatic brightness control/system. Regulates brightness
ABD Automatic Brightness Detection
ACTOR A Software Module that performs some function or action
ADC or A/D Analog to Digital Converter
ADCM Active Distortion Correction Module
ADCS Active Distortion Correction System
AEC Automatic exposure control. Technique used to control brightness signal to cut exposure.
ATHENA Digital System SW, which runs on the Windows 95 OS and on the Saturn Hardware
ATLAS CORE Operating system of the X-Ray products
CALYPSO GEMS’ engine ring name for the System control Software application
CAN Controller Area Network - A serial communication method in use on Definium 6000.
CANopen A protocol for a CAN network. Used interchangeably with CAN
CAT Collimator Alignment Tool
CCD Charge Coupled Devices
CCU Camera Control Unit
CDS Correlated Double Sampling
COTS Commercial Off The Shelf Tool
CORONA Engineering name for I/O Circuit Board used in RAD system cabinet
CPU Central Processing Unit
CPU Control processor unit. Microprocessor and peripherals which run the software/firmware
DAC Digital to Analog Converter
DSC Digital Servo Controller
DSC2 Digital Servo Controller, Version 2
EFC Earth Field Compensation
FKP Function key processor. Processor located in RCIM
FOV Field of View
FPGA Field programmable gate array. It is programmed by the CPU core after the reset and
handles all the exposure control logic including the system interface real-time lines
FRU Field Replaceable Unit (Spare Part)
G1, G2, G3 Grids 1, 2 and 3
GUI Graphical User Interface
HALO Engineering name for Relay Circuit Board used in RAD system cabinet
HOTKEY Keyboard Shortcut or key strokes used to execute a software command
HV RIPPLE High voltage variations due to inverter current pulses. Typically measured in percent.
HVPS High Voltage Power Supply
IGBT Insulated gate bipolar transistor power switch.
Ilp HV power inverter parallel resonant current. Current in the parallel inductor

Glossary Page 21
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
ACROYMN DEFINITION
Ilr HV power inverter serial resonant current. Current in the serial inductor
IO or I/O Input/Output
IUI Integrated User Interface
JEDI High Voltage Generator for X-Ray tube
LAT Lateral
LFC Load from Cold
LONG Longitudinal
LOTO LockOut/Tag Out
LP Line Pair
LSL Lower Specification Limit
LUT Look Up Table
MAINS Hospital Supplied AC Power
MAGIC System Control Computer / Workstation PC
MITRA Software supplier for DICOM application SW
MOS Metal oxyde semiconductor. Power switch
NDF Neutral Density Filter
NVRAM Non Volatile Random Access Memory
OEM Original Equipment Manufacture; Actual manufacturer that makes the device for GEHC.
OLC On-Line Center
OS Operating System
OTS Overhead Tube Suspension
PA Power Assist
PCI Pherperial Control Interface
PDF Portable Document Format
POS Positioner
RAD Radiography
R&F Radiography & Fluoroscopy
RCIM RAD Control Interface Module.
RED HAT ® SW version of Linux. Red Hat is an integrator and supplier of the Linux operating system.
ROI Region of Interest
POT Potentiometer
RPM RedHat (Linux) Package Manager software
RS422 A Serial Communications Hardware Connection Type
RT Real Time
PWA Printed Wire Board is synonymous with printed circuit board (PCB).
SABER Applications SW for positioning
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers - International organization that sets standards for
materials and fasteners in both English and Metric units, See www.sae.org
SBC Single Board Computer
SCAT System Compatibility Assurance Testing performed by GE prior to delivery.

Page 22 Glossary
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
ACROYMN DEFINITION
SID Source to Image Distance - The distance from the X-ray tube focal spot to the image plane
(i.e. detector, image intensifier)
STATE MACHINE Software or hardware functions that handle the state of a computer and authorizes it to go
to the next state upon reception of specific events.
SUIF Service User Interface
SW Abbreviation for the word Software
SYSTEM CONTROLLER See MAGIC
SYSTEM RESET A system reset is accomplished by pressing the green button located on the IUI. Pressing
it causes all of the computer to shutdown and restart. Thus re-booting the operating
systems and system applications.
TTL Transistor to Transistor Logic
UPS Un-interruptible Power Supply
U/T Abbreviation for Under Table
USL Upper Specification Limit
XT X-Ray Tube

Glossary Page 23
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 24 Glossary
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Table of Contents
Preface
Publication Conventions ...................................................................................... 17
Section 1.0
Safety & Hazard Information ........................................................................... 17
1.1 Hazard Messages............................................................................................................ 17
1.2 Text Format of Signal Words ........................................................................................... 17
1.3 Symbols and Pictorials Used ........................................................................................... 18
Section 2.0
Publication Conventions ................................................................................. 19
2.1 General Paragraph and Character Styles........................................................................ 19
2.2 Page Layout..................................................................................................................... 19
2.3 Computer Screen Output/Input Text Character Styles .................................................... 20
2.4 Buttons, Switches and Keyboard Inputs (Hard & Soft Keys) ........................................... 20

Glossary of Acroymns & Their Meaning ............................................................ 21

Chapter 1 - Before You Begin............................................................................... 35


Section 1.0
Introduction ...................................................................................................... 35
Section 2.0
Objective and Scope of this Manual............................................................... 35
2.1 Pre-Installation Check...................................................................................................... 35
2.2 Installation Plan ............................................................................................................... 35
2.3 Interconnection ................................................................................................................ 35
2.4 Presentation..................................................................................................................... 36
Section 3.0
On-Site Requirements...................................................................................... 36
3.1 EMC Requirements ......................................................................................................... 36
3.2 Tools and Test Equipment............................................................................................... 36
3.3 Documentation................................................................................................................. 36
Section 4.0
Description of System ..................................................................................... 37
Section 5.0
Installation Process ......................................................................................... 38

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation .......................................................................... 43


Section 1.0
System Installation Guide ............................................................................... 43
1.1 Mechanical Installation .................................................................................................... 43
1.2 Electrical (Config. Calibration...Finalization) .................................................................... 44

Table of Contents Page 25


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Section 2.0
Installation Handoff Checklist ......................................................................... 46
Section 3.0
Cables ................................................................................................................ 50
3.1 Routing............................................................................................................................ 50
3.2 System Cables ................................................................................................................ 50
3.3 EMC Compliance ............................................................................................................ 50
Section 4.0
Positioner Table................................................................................................ 51
4.1 Unpack ............................................................................................................................ 51
4.2 Position Table ................................................................................................................. 53
4.3 Install Table..................................................................................................................... 55
4.3.1 Demount Lock Screw ......................................................................................... 55
4.3.2 Table Tilt Motor .................................................................................................. 55
4.3.3 Digital Spot Device............................................................................................. 58
4.3.4 Wiring Harness Bracket ..................................................................................... 60
4.3.5 Tube Stand......................................................................................................... 61
4.3.6 Tilt Table to Vertical Position.............................................................................. 63
4.3.7 I.I. ....................................................................................................................... 64
4.3.8 X-Ray Tube ........................................................................................................ 69
4.3.9 Collimator ........................................................................................................... 75
Section 5.0
Generator Cabinet ............................................................................................ 80
5.1 Unpack ............................................................................................................................ 80
5.2 Install Generator.............................................................................................................. 82
Section 6.0
PDU Cabinet ...................................................................................................... 89
6.1 Unpack ............................................................................................................................ 89
6.2 Install PDU ...................................................................................................................... 90
Section 7.0
Integrated Console ........................................................................................... 92
7.1 Unpack ............................................................................................................................ 92
7.2 Install Integrated Console ............................................................................................... 93
Section 8.0
Electrical Connections ..................................................................................... 99
Section 9.0
Accessories..................................................................................................... 101
9.1 Install Compressor Force .............................................................................................. 101
9.2 Install Barium Meal Cup Pad......................................................................................... 102
9.3 Install Microphone ......................................................................................................... 102
9.4 Install Footrest............................................................................................................... 102
9.5 Install Side Armrest ....................................................................................................... 104
9.6 Install Shoulder Pad ...................................................................................................... 105
9.7 Install Upper Armrest .................................................................................................... 106
9.8 Install Compression Band (Optional) ............................................................................ 107
Section 10.0
Fix Table .......................................................................................................... 109
Page 26 Table of Contents
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Section 11.0
Footstep Installation (Optional) .................................................................... 110
Section 12.0
Final Cover Installation.................................................................................. 110
12.1 Install Table Covers ....................................................................................................... 110
12.2 Install Generator Cabinet Covers .................................................................................. 111
12.3 Install PDU Cabinet Covers ........................................................................................... 112
12.4 Install Integrated Console Covers.................................................................................. 113
Section 13.0
Labels and Rating Plates............................................................................... 113
13.1 System........................................................................................................................... 113
13.2 Table.............................................................................................................................. 114
13.3 Generator....................................................................................................................... 117
13.4 PDU ............................................................................................................................... 117
13.5 Integrated Console ........................................................................................................ 118
13.6 DICOM/DSA/Watchdog License Labels ........................................................................ 119
Section 14.0
MI ==> FE Handoff Checklist......................................................................... 119
Section 15.0
FE==> Apps Handoff Checklist..................................................................... 120
Section 16.0
Final Steps ...................................................................................................... 121
16.1 Database Backup .......................................................................................................... 121
16.2 Final Installation and Admin Tasks ................................................................................ 121

Chapter 3 - System Checks ................................................................................ 123

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration ............................................................. 129


Section 1.0
Hardware ......................................................................................................... 129
1.1 Table.............................................................................................................................. 129
1.1.1 Table Logic I/O Board (2408348-1) Configuration............................................ 129
1.2 Generator....................................................................................................................... 130
1.2.1 DSS PWBA (5123287) Configuration ............................................................... 130
1.2.2 Digital Input Board ............................................................................................ 130
1.2.3 ABC Jumper Setting ......................................................................................... 130
1.2.4 AEC Jumper Setting ......................................................................................... 131
1.3 PDU ............................................................................................................................... 132
1.4 Integrated Console ........................................................................................................ 133
1.4.1 Console Interface Board ................................................................................... 133
1.5 Collimator....................................................................................................................... 133
Section 2.0
Softwares ........................................................................................................ 135
2.1 Touch Screen Software ................................................................................................. 135
2.1.1 System Power Up / Power Off .......................................................................... 135
2.1.2 Touch Screen Utility Installation ....................................................................... 137

Table of Contents Page 27


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
2.1.3 Configuration.................................................................................................... 139
2.2 Recovery ....................................................................................................................... 161
2.3 DSA............................................................................................................................... 164
2.3.1 Concept Definition............................................................................................ 164
2.3.2 Uninstallation.................................................................................................... 164
2.3.3 Installation ........................................................................................................ 170
2.3.4 Setup and Activation ........................................................................................ 173
2.3.5 Grab Setup....................................................................................................... 179
2.3.6 Configure DSA / DICOM Function Environment Parameters........................... 182
2.3.7 Exit DSA........................................................................................................... 188
2.3.8 The ROCKEY driver installation ....................................................................... 188
2.4 Software Backup / Restore ........................................................................................... 190
2.4.1 Generator Parameters Backup / Restore ......................................................... 190
2.4.2 PCU Parameters Backup / Restore ................................................................. 192
2.4.3 APR Upload ..................................................................................................... 194
Section 3.0
Image ............................................................................................................... 196
3.1 Tube Conditioning / Seasoning ..................................................................................... 196
3.1.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 196
3.1.2 Procedure......................................................................................................... 196
3.2 ABC............................................................................................................................... 198
3.2.1 ABC Loop Introduction ..................................................................................... 198
3.2.2 ABC Calibration Overview................................................................................ 198
3.3 AEC............................................................................................................................... 199
3.3.1 AEC Overview.................................................................................................. 199
3.3.2 Preliminary AEC setup ..................................................................................... 199
Section 4.0
Network............................................................................................................ 200
4.1 DICOM Configuration.................................................................................................... 200
4.2 DSA Activation .............................................................................................................. 200

Chapter 5 - Theory of Operation ........................................................................ 201


Section 1.0
Positioner Table.............................................................................................. 201
1.1 Main Function................................................................................................................ 201
1.1.1 Table Movement .............................................................................................. 201
1.1.2 Exposure Management .................................................................................... 201
1.2 Architecture .................................................................................................................. 201
1.2.1 Kernel Board .................................................................................................... 201
1.2.2 Block Diagram.................................................................................................. 202
Section 2.0
Generator......................................................................................................... 203
Section 3.0
PDU .................................................................................................................. 203
3.1 Fuction .......................................................................................................................... 203
3.2 Architecture ................................................................................................................... 203
3.3 Block Diagram............................................................................................................... 203

Page 28 Table of Contents


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4.0
Integrated Console......................................................................................... 204
4.1 Function ......................................................................................................................... 204
4.1.1 Power Supply.................................................................................................... 204
4.1.2 Intercom............................................................................................................ 204
4.1.3 System Interface............................................................................................... 204
4.2 Architecture.................................................................................................................... 204
4.2.1 Kernel Board..................................................................................................... 204
4.2.2 Block Diagram .................................................................................................. 205
Section 5.0
Image Chain .................................................................................................... 206
5.1 Main Feature.................................................................................................................. 206
5.2 Theory of Operation....................................................................................................... 206
5.3 Block Diagram ............................................................................................................... 207
Section 6.0
Digital Box....................................................................................................... 209

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting .............................................................................. 211


Section 1.0 Positioner Table ......................................................................... 211
1.1 Digital System................................................................................................................ 211
1.1.1 Table Movement Function Disable ................................................................... 212
1.1.2 Tube Fan Not Work .......................................................................................... 213
1.1.3 Anode Not Work ............................................................................................... 214
1.1.4 Collimator Lamp Not Light Up........................................................................... 215
1.1.5 Collimator Movement Issue .............................................................................. 216
1.1.6 FOV Indication Error ......................................................................................... 217
1.2 Diagnostic Program ....................................................................................................... 218
1.2.1 Process............................................................................................................. 218
1.2.2 7 Seg LED Display Rule ................................................................................... 218
1.3 Inverter BOP Function and Display Message................................................................ 221
1.3.1 BOP .................................................................................................................. 221
1.3.2 Displays and Messages.................................................................................... 224
Section 2.0
Generator ........................................................................................................ 225
Section 3.0
PDU.................................................................................................................. 226
Section 4.0
Integrated Console......................................................................................... 227
4.1 Intercom Trouble............................................................................................................ 227
4.1.1 Voice from Table Speaker ................................................................................ 227
4.1.2 Voice from Console Speaker ............................................................................ 228
4.2 Console I/F Board.......................................................................................................... 229
4.3 Console Light Abnormal ................................................................................................ 230
4.4 Emergency Fault............................................................................................................ 231
4.5 Remote Function Fault .................................................................................................. 232
4.6 Touch Screen Issue....................................................................................................... 233

Table of Contents Page 29


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5.0
Image Chain (I.C.) ........................................................................................... 234
5.1 Image Noise .................................................................................................................. 235
5.2 kV Increase to the Max. Value When ABC Fluoro ........................................................ 236
5.3 No AEC Function .......................................................................................................... 237
5.4 No Image Acquisition with X-ray Exposure ................................................................... 238
5.5 No Image during Fluoro ................................................................................................ 239
5.6 No Spot Function .......................................................................................................... 240
Section 6.0
Digital Box ....................................................................................................... 241
6.1 Error Code..................................................................................................................... 241
6.1.1 Error Code Format ........................................................................................... 242
6.1.2 Error Type ........................................................................................................ 242
6.1.3 Error Location................................................................................................... 242
6.1.4 Error Code........................................................................................................ 242
6.2 Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................ 243

Chapter 7 - Periodic Maintenance ..................................................................... 251


Section 1.0
General ............................................................................................................ 251
1.1 Man Power Required .................................................................................................... 251
1.2 Maintenance Interval..................................................................................................... 251
1.3 Required Tools.............................................................................................................. 251
Section 2.0
Preventive Maintenance Action List ................................. 252
Section 3.0
Preventive Maintenance................................................................................. 254
3.1 General ......................................................................................................................... 254
3.1.1 General Cleaning and Painting ........................................................................ 254
3.1.2 Visual Inspection .............................................................................................. 255
3.2 Positioner Table ............................................................................................................ 255
3.2.1 Insulated Resistance Check............................................................................. 255
3.2.2 Collimator Field Lamp Illumination ................................................................... 255
3.2.3 AEC Check....................................................................................................... 256
3.2.4 Tilting Motor V-belt Check ................................................................................ 256
3.2.5 Tilting Guide Bearing Check ............................................................................ 256
3.2.6 Table Lateral Movement Gear Check .............................................................. 256
3.2.7 Compression Force Check............................................................................... 256
3.2.8 Compression Cone Roller Check ..................................................................... 257
3.3 Generator ...................................................................................................................... 258
3.3.1 Maintenance Schedule..................................................................................... 258
3.3.2 Indico 100 Oil Fill / Level Check ....................................................................... 259
3.3.3 Cleaning ........................................................................................................... 259
3.3.4 Check the Fixing and Intactness of Anode Rotation Cable and Thermal Protection
Cable 260
3.3.5 Tube Conditioning / Seasoning ........................................................................ 260
3.3.6 End of Product Life........................................................................................... 261
3.4 Touch Screen................................................................................................................ 261

Page 30 Table of Contents


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.4.1 AEC .................................................................................................................. 261
3.4.2 ABC .................................................................................................................. 262
3.5 Digital Box...................................................................................................................... 262
3.5.1 DSA Software Function .................................................................................... 262
3.5.2 Hospital Ethernet .............................................................................................. 263
3.5.3 CD-R/W Check ................................................................................................. 263

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts .................................................................................. 265


Section 1.0
Positioner Table ............................................................................................. 265
Section 2.0
Generator ......................................................... 270
Section 3.0
PDU .............................................................. 274
Section 4.0
System Console ................................................... 275
Section 5.0
Image Chain....................................................... 278
Section 6.0
X-ray Source ...................................................... 279
Section 7.0
Miscable .......................................................... 282

Chapter 9 - Master Interconnect System Map................................................... 285


Section 1.0
Scope............................................................................................................... 285
Section 2.0
Symbols/Conventions.................................................................................... 285
Section 3.0
Digital System MIS Map ................................................................................. 285

Chapter 10 - Schematics..................................................................................... 289


Section 1.0
Positioner Table ............................................................................................. 289
1.1 Digital System Table Schematics .................................................................................. 289
1.2 Digital System Table Cable Routing .............................................................................. 292
Section 2.0
Generator ........................................................................................................ 293
Section 3.0
PDU.................................................................................................................. 294
3.1 Digital System PDU Schematics.................................................................................... 294

Table of Contents Page 31


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4.0
Integrated Console ......................................................................................... 296
4.1 Digital System Console Schematics ............................................................................. 296

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart........................................................................................ 301


Section 1.0
Scope ............................................................................................................... 301
Section 2.0
How to Use ...................................................................................................... 301
Section 3.0
MIS Charts ....................................................................................................... 302
3.1 System Main Input Power Cable................................................................................... 302
3.2 2408885, Console Interface Board Power Cable.......................................................... 302
3.3 2408886, Cabinet TDSP CN333 Signal Cable.............................................................. 303
3.4 2408887, Generator ROOM Interface Cable ................................................................ 305
3.5 2408888, PCU Generator Interface Cable .................................................................... 306
3.6 2408889, CPI RS232 Communication Cable................................................................ 306
3.7 2408892, TDSP Ground Cable ..................................................................................... 307
3.8 2408896, AC DC Module 1 Power Input Cable............................................................. 307
3.9 2408897, AC DC Module 2 Power Input Cable............................................................. 308
3.10 2408898, DeskBottom Ground Cable ........................................................................... 308
3.11 2408899, Desk Ground Cable....................................................................................... 308
3.12 2408902, PCU Power Cable ......................................................................................... 309
3.13 2408905-1, Image Monitor Power Cable ...................................................................... 309
3.14 2408907, Camera Control Cable .................................................................................. 310
3.15 2408912, Brightness Adj. Assembly ............................................................................. 312
3.16 2408913, Contrast Adj. Assembly................................................................................. 312
3.17 2408914, Intercomm Power Cable................................................................................ 313
3.18 2408924, Console MIC Audio Cable............................................................................. 313
3.19 2408925, Console Speaker Audio Cable ...................................................................... 314
3.20 2409055, TDSP CN331 MIS Cable............................................................................... 314
3.21 2409056, TDSP CN332 MIS Cable............................................................................... 316
3.22 2409360, DSA SYNC Signal Cable .............................................................................. 317
3.23 2409361, DSA 1750 Card RT Control Cable ................................................................ 318
3.24 2409362, Generator Digital Interface Cable.................................................................. 319
3.25 2409364, DSA Video RGB Cable ................................................................................. 320
3.26 2409365, DSA LVDS Convert Cable ............................................................................ 321
3.27 2409366, Camera Link Cable ....................................................................................... 323
3.28 2409492, CPI Input Power Cable1 U ............................................................................ 324
3.29 2409493, CPI Input Power Cable2 V ............................................................................ 325
3.30 2409494, CPI Input Power Cable3 W ........................................................................... 325
3.31 2409495, CPI Ground Cable 4#.................................................................................... 325
3.32 2409496, Microphone Volume Adjust Cable................................................................. 326
3.33 2409497, Speaker Volume Adjust Cable ...................................................................... 326
3.34 2409498, II Power and Control Cable ........................................................................... 327
3.35 2409500, System Console Power Cable 2 core ........................................................... 327
3.36 2409501, System Console Ground Cable 8#................................................................ 328
3.37 2409502, Table Power Cable 3 core............................................................................. 328
3.38 2409503, Table Ground Cable 8#................................................................................. 328

Page 32 Table of Contents


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.39 2409505-6, Tube Fan Power Cable 2 core.................................................................... 329
3.40 2409507, Tube Anode Power Cable 5 core................................................................... 329
3.41 2409508, Tube Ground Cable 10# ................................................................................ 330
3.42 2409637, PDU Power ON Cable 2 core ........................................................................ 330
3.43 2409700-1, Audio Cable ................................................................................................ 331
3.44 2409797, AEC Feedback Coaxial Cable ....................................................................... 331
3.45 2409811, Table Board Interface Cable 1....................................................................... 332
3.46 2409812, Table Board Interface Cable 2....................................................................... 334
3.47 2409813, Table Tilt Over Switch Cable ......................................................................... 335
3.48 2409814, Table Tilt Stop Switch Cable.......................................................................... 335
3.49 2409815, Table Limit Switch Cable ............................................................................... 336
3.50 2409816, Table IO Board Power Cable......................................................................... 337
3.51 2409817, Cassette Signal Cable ................................................................................... 338
3.52 2409818, Table Relay Control Cable............................................................................. 338
3.53 2409819, Cassette Swich Cable.................................................................................... 339
3.54 2409820, Collimator Control Cable................................................................................ 339
3.55 2409821, Table Top Motor Cable .................................................................................. 340
3.56 2409822, Table Relay Board Power Cable ................................................................... 340
3.57 2409823, Tilt Inverter Control Cable.............................................................................. 341
3.58 2409824, Tube Inverter Control Cable .......................................................................... 342
3.59 2409825, Switch Power Input Cable.............................................................................. 342
3.60 2409826, Tilt Motor Power Cable .................................................................................. 343
3.61 2409827, Tube Motor Power Cable............................................................................... 343
3.62 2409828, Console Move Control Input Cable................................................................ 344
3.63 2409829, Console Spot Control Input Cable ................................................................. 344
3.64 2409830, Transformer Collimator Cable........................................................................ 344
3.65 2409831, II Power Cable ............................................................................................... 345
3.66 2409832, Compressor Motor Control Cable .................................................................. 345
3.67 2409833, Collimator Power Cable ................................................................................. 346
3.68 2409835, Collimator Control Cable 2............................................................................. 347
3.69 2410123, PCU Ground Cable........................................................................................ 347
3.70 5119273-1, Table Power in Harness 1 .......................................................................... 348
3.71 5119273-2, Table Power in Harness 2 .......................................................................... 348
3.72 5119273-3, Table Power in Harness 3 .......................................................................... 349
3.73 5119273-4, Table Power In Harness 4 .......................................................................... 349
3.74 5119258, Console Footswitch Assembly....................................................................... 349
3.75 5119274, Table Top Transverse Limit SW Cable.......................................................... 350
3.76 5119276-1, Table Tube Movement LS Cable1.............................................................. 350
3.77 5119276-2, Table Tube Movement LS Cable2.............................................................. 351
3.78 5119276-3, Table Tube Movement LS Cable3.............................................................. 351
3.79 5119278, Table Side SW Cable2 .................................................................................. 352
3.80 5119983, Table Audio Cable ......................................................................................... 353
3.81 5119984, Compressor Assembly Cable ........................................................................ 353
3.82 5119985, Table Audio Cable2 ....................................................................................... 354
3.83 5119986, RC Contact Suppression Cable..................................................................... 354
3.84 5119987, Table Ground Cable1 .................................................................................... 354
3.85 5119988, Table Ground Cable2 .................................................................................... 355
3.86 5119989, Table Ground Cable3 .................................................................................... 355
3.87 5119990-1, Table Base Ground Cable .......................................................................... 355
3.88 5119990-2, Table Teminal Ground Cable ..................................................................... 356
3.89 5121492, Table Ground Cable5 .................................................................................... 356
3.90 5121493, Table Ground Cable6 .................................................................................... 356

Table of Contents Page 33


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.91 5121494, Table Ground Cable7.................................................................................... 357
3.92 5121496, In-Room Foot Switch..................................................................................... 357
3.93 5121497, In-Room Console Move Control Input Cable ................................................ 358
3.94 5121655, Compressor Limit Switch Cable .................................................................... 358
3.95 5121656, Collimator Transformer Cable2 ..................................................................... 359
3.96 5121657, Tower Push Switch Cable ............................................................................. 359
3.97 5122285, Cable from PCU to CCD Camera ................................................................. 360
3.98 5122517, Digital Box KeyBoard Bracket Left Side Grounding Cable............................ 361
3.99 5122518, Digital Box KeyBoard Bracket Right Side Grounding Cable ......................... 361
3.100 5122632, HV Cable....................................................................................................... 361
3.101 5123315, CPI Touchscreen Console Communication Cable........................................ 362
3.102 5124835, CPI Touchscreen Console GND Cable......................................................... 362
3.103 5127788, Grounding Cable ........................................................................................... 362
3.104 5160781, PCU Communication Cable .......................................................................... 363
3.105 5162261, In-Room Monitor VGA Cable ........................................................................ 364
3.106 5162380, In-Room Monitor Power Cable...................................................................... 364
3.107 5162732, GenWare Communication Cable .................................................................. 365
3.108 5162733, Collimator Light Switch MIS Cable................................................................ 365

Page 34 Table of Contents


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 1 - Before You Begin

Section 1.0
Introduction
The goal of this document is to guide the service representative through an entire X-ray room
installation.
The following On-site Requirements must be accounted for prior to beginning installation of the
system.

Section 2.0
Objective and Scope of this Manual
This direction will lead you in a correct sequence through the manuals needed to install the
equipment. Following the suggested sequence will result in an orderly installation. However,
extenuating circumstances may dictate a deviation from the recommended sequence. Feel free to
deviate, but keep track of your progress by checking off the tasks in the flowchart as you complete
them.
Check equipment according to the packing list for your system against the main catalog numbers
in the FDO (Field Delivery Order). Also, verify that all the manuals are present in the binders
according to the Table of Contents.
Before starting to install the system, identify all the cables and check their length to verify that they
are long enough. If you find a short cable, contact us immediately so we can send the required
length cable to you and thereby, not delay the installation.

2.1 Pre-Installation Check


Pre-installation planning should be complete. Inspect the pre-installation “checklist”, found in GEMS
document 2406877-100 (Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System Pre-Installation Manual), and verify
that the tasks specified have been completed. Immediately arrange for completion of any tasks still
not completed.

2.2 Installation Plan


The main steps in the installation plan are easily seen by referring to the Table of Contents of this
document. The plan objectives are to:
Give a logical installation order which recognizes mechanical and electrical interface areas.
Test and adjust each subsystem independently.
To obtain a good overall view of how these objectives are to be achieved review the Table of
Contents for this document before beginning the installation work. Then, if it is necessary to deviate
from the stated plan, you will be aware of the essential interface area. This document will give you
the information required to make another effective plan that applies to particular situations.

2.3 Interconnection
Interconnection of products by furnished cables or contractor supplied wiring is indicated by
numbered MIS runs in the installation sections. Run interconnect charts are available, which
describe the connection and function of each wire.

Chapter 1 - Before You Begin Page 35


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
For Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System, refer to the following:
• Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System MIS Map (Chapter 9)
• Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System Schematics (Chapter 10)
• Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System MIS Chart (Chapter 11)

2.4 Presentation
The procedures in this steering manual are presented in jobcard forms.

Section 3.0
On-Site Requirements
3.1 EMC Requirements

If electromagnetic compliance is mandatory for the local country where this system is installed, this
equipment is allowed to be installed only in X-ray protected rooms, which provide an attenuation of
at least 12 dB for radio disturbances from 30 MHz to 1 GHz.

3.2 Tools and Test Equipment


There are no additional tools and test equipment besides the standard service representative tool
kit which must be available before installing the Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System as below.
• Electric hammer drill with bits
• Digital multimeter
• 4 Ft. Level (or two standard levels)
• Torque wrench
• HV cable removal spanner
• Push-pull Gauge
• Silicone grease / High Voltage Transformer oil
• Common service tools
• Resolution Pattern
• Dose Meter
• Power cable

3.3 Documentation
Directions are necessary for correct installation of the Pecision THUNIS-800+ R&F System.
Procedures from each document will be used and reflect the latest information available at this time.
Not all procedures in this manual apply to all sites. Before you begin installation, cross out the
procedures that do not apply to your site.

Page 36 Section 3.0 - On-Site Requirements


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4.0
Description of System
5 4

7
8

Figure 1-1 Basic Configuration

The Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System is divided in to basic components:

1.) Generator Cabinet 2.) Power Distribution Unit (PDU)


3.) Integrated Console 4.) Touch Screen Console
5.) 18" LCD 6.) Positioner Table
7.) A196 X-ray Tube 8.) Collimator

Chapter 1 - Before You Begin Page 37


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5.0
Installation Process
See System Installation Roadmap & Applied Time Standards on the next page.

Page 38 Section 5.0 - Installation Process


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
This page is intentionally left blank.

Chapter 1 - Before You Begin Page 39


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Page 40 Section 5.0 - Installation Process


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
DAY 1

DAY 1 DAY 1 DAY 1 DAY 1 DAY 1 DAY 1 DAY 1

Unpack & Position Demount Lock Screw Table Tilt Motor Digital Spot Device Wiring Harness Tube Stand Tilt Table to Vertical
Table Bracket Position
Refer to Page 51 and Refer to Page 55 Refer to Page 55 Refer to Page 58 Refer to Page 60 Refer to Page 61 Refer to Page 63
Page 53
2 Person 1 Hour 1 Person 0.25 Hour 2 Person 0.5 Hour 2 Person 0.5 Hour 2 Person 0.25 Hour 2 Person 0.5 Hour 1 Person 0.25 Hour

DAY 1 DAY 1 DAY 1 DAY 1 DAY 1

I.I. A196 X-Ray Tube Collimator Unpack Generator Install Generator

Refer to Page 64 Refer to Page 71 Refer to Page 75 Refer to Page 80 Refer to Page 82 To Be Continued

2 Person 1 Hour 2 Person 0.5 Hour 2 Person 0.5 Hour 2 Person 1 Hour 2 Person 2 Hours

DAY 2
DAY 2 DAY 2 DAY 2 DAY 2 DAY 2 DAY 2 DAY 2

Unpack PDU Install PDU Unpack Integrated Install Integrated Electrical Connec- Accessories Fix Table
Console Console tions
Refer to Page 89 Refer to Page 90 Refer to Page 92 Refer to Page 93 Refer to Page 99 Refer to Page 101 Refer to Page 109

2 People 1 Hour 2 Person 1 Hour 2 Person 1 Hour 2 Person 2 Hour 1 Person 0.5 Hour 1 Person 0.5 Hour 2 Person 1 Hour

DAY 2 DAY 2 DAY 2 DAY 2

Chapter 4 - System
Complete MI, Checks
Cleanup Site Equipment and Per- Power Up Refer to Page 123 To Be Continued
sonnel Readiness
1 Person 4 Hour

DAY 3
DAY 3 DAY 3 DAY 3 DAY 3 DAY 3

Chapter 4 - System Chapter 5 - Configu- Final Cover Installa- Labels and Rating Preliminary
Checks (Cont.) raton & Calibration tion Plates Application Training
Refer to Page 123 Refer to PS800+ Turn Over to Customer
Refer to Page 129 Refer to Page 110 Refer to Page 113 Operator Manual
1 Person 4 Hour 1 Person 2 Hour 1 Person 0.5 Hour 1 Person 0.5 Hour (2406878-100)

Page 41
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Page 42
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation


Installation is broken into two primary tasks: mechanical and electrical. Mechanical tasks focus on the physical aspects
of hardware assembly, equipment positioning, and cabling. Electrical tasks are performed when system power is
applied.
The primary tasks are designed to be performed in sequence. Follow the sequence of tasks describe for each primary
task in Section Section 1.0 that follow.

Section 1.0
System Installation Guide
1.1 Mechanical Installation

1 Complete Pre-Installation Checklist People Required: 2 Hours to Complete: 4


Fill out the Pre-Installation Checklist to confirm completion of pre-install activities before beginning the
installation process.

2 Receive and Inventory System People Required: 2 Hours to Complete: 4


Inventory equipment & report discrepancies immediately
Collect Product Locator Cards and store in a secure location
Plan route and transport equipment to room

3 Install Positioner Table People Required: 2 Hours to Complete: 5


Remove table from shipping container.
Position table according to site plans & drawings.
Demount lock screw.
Install table tilt motor.
Install digital spot device.
Mount wiring harness bracket.
Install tube stand.
Tilt table to vertical position.
Install I.I.
Install X-ray tube.
Install cooling fan.
Install X-ray collimator.

4 Install Generator Cabinet People Required: 2 Hours to Complete: 3


Remove generator cabinet from shipping container.
Position generator cabinet according to site plans & drawings, and secure.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 43


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
(Continued)

5 Install PDU Cabinet People Required: 2 Hours to Complete: 2


Remove PDU cabinet from shipping container.
Position PDU cabinet according to site plans & drawings, and secure.

6 Install Integrated Console People Required: 2 Hours to Complete: 3


Remove integrated console from shipping container.
Position integrated console according to site plans & drawings, and secure.
Install in-room monitor and in-room brake (optional).

7 Electrical Connections People Required: 2 Hours to Complete: 0.25

8 Install Accessories People Required: 2 Hours to Complete: 0.25


Install compressor force and barium meal cup pad.
Install microphone.
Install table top accessories.

9 Fix Table People Required: 2 Hours to Complete: 1

10 Intall Footstep (optional) People Required: 1 Hours to Complete: 0.5

11 Cleanup Site People Required: 2 Hours to Complete: 0.5


Remove and dispose of shipping materials and tools properly.

12 Complete MI==>FE Handoff Checklist People Required: 2 Hours to Complete: 0.5


Mechanical installer to fill out handoff checklist and deliver to local FE at completion of mechanical
installation.

1.2 Electrical (Config. Calibration...Finalization)

1 Complete MI==>FE Handoff Checklist People Required: 1 Hours to Complete: 0.5


Local FE to fill out handoff checklist to confirm completion of mechanical installation before continuing with
the installation process.

2 Equipment and Personnel Readiness People Required: 1 Hours to Complete: 0.5


Verify equipment is configured per the site plans and drawings.
Verify that the resistance between subsystems grounds is less than 0.1 ohms. Fix and/or report any
discrepancies.

3 System Checks People Required: 1 Hours to Complete: 4

4 Configure and Calibrate System People Required: 1 Hours to Complete: 2


Power Up system.
Configure System parameters.

Page 44 Section 1.0 - System Installation Guide


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Calibrate System (In the order specified, perform the calibrations).

5 Install Subsystem Protective Covers People Required: 1 Hours to Complete: 0.5


Tube covers.
Generator cabinet covers.
PDU cabinet cover.
Integrated console covers.

6 Attach Warning Labels and Rating Plates People Required: 1 Hours to Complete: 0.5
Attach all the warning labels and detent markers.

7 Customer Turnover People Required: 1 Hours to Complete: 0.5


Backup System Data Bases.
Complete & Return Product (i.e; Locator) Cards.
If your country requires the product rating plate to be in the language of that country, follow the instructions
on document #45474336. Paste the appropriate language label over the English rating plate. The rating
plate labels are: 2379361 (Spanish), 2379361-2 (German), 2379361-3 (French), 2379361-4 (Italian).
Perform general house keeping tasks and turn system over to user.

8 Complete FE==>Apps Handoff Checklist People Required: 1 Hours to Complete: 0.5


Field Engineer to fill out handoff checklist and deliver to Applications Specialist at completion of
installation.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 45


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2.0
Installation Handoff Checklist
Pre-Installation Checklist
Delivery Date: Sales Person:
Customer: FDO No.: Room #
Equipment:

Physical Requirements of Site Completed


1.) Room size adequate for intended equipment configuration?

2.) Floor is strong enough for intended equipment and mounting methods
approved – seismic regulatory codes considered?
3.) Delivery route accommodates all intended equipment?

4.) Radiation physicist consulted?

5.) Necessary alterations made to circumvent obstructions?

6.) Modifications to room finished?

7.) Supports, platforms materials been provided?

8.) Support structures installed for floor and wall mounted equipment?

9.) Has floor been modified for cable ducts?

10.) Electrical service in place – at the ratings specified in pre-installation


documentation?
11.) Power available to operate power tools?

12.) All non-electrical lines (air, water, oxygen, vacuum) installed?

Interconnections Completed
1.) Signal cable, power and grounding plans produced?

2.) Necessary interconnection hardware, such as junction boxes, conduit or


raceways, and fittings provided?
3.) Interconnection hardware installed?

4.) Flexible, stranded wire provided for System input power connection?

5.) System “feeder” power cables pulled and sufficient length available at
disconnect box for connections?

6.) Interconnecting cables continuity checked, and labeled?

7.) All high voltage cable lengths verified?

8.) Interface information available for equipment?

Page 46 Section 2.0 - Installation Handoff Checklist


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

General Completed
1.) Walls and floor clear of all obstructions?

2.) Walls finished?

3.) Finished floor installed?

4.) Room lights installed?

5.) Dust-creating work completed?

6.) Old equipment within room removed?

7.) Component positions clearly marked on floor?

8.) Space available to store equipment?

9.) Lock on door, or locked room available?

10.) Room IP Addresses for DICOM and Broadband identified?

11.) Broadband connection provided for InSite connection?


OR
If Broadband connection will not be used, is dedicated inbound “dialup”
phone line provided for InSite connection?
12.) Voice phone line connection provided?

13.) Have all fire/safety inspections for occupancy been completed?

14.) Send completed checklist to the GE Healthcare installation team.

Comments:

Inspection Date(s):

Installation Project Manager Signature

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 47


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
MI ==> FE Handoff Checklist
Purpose: Mechanical Installer to Field Engineer handoff checklist to confirm that all critical installation steps have
been completed. Upon completion of the mechanical installation of the system, the Mechanical Installer
must fill out this checklist and review with the local Field Engineer.
Item # Item Sign Off
1.) Power and ground cables connected and tightened:
Power cables (how many?, where?)

Ground cables (how many?, where?)


2.) All signal cables connected and tightened.
3.) Cable shield clamps installed and tightened (how many?, where? TBD).
4.) All mounting bolts installed and tightened (floor, wall and ceiling).
5.) Control room cables properly dressed.
6.) Correct language decal applied to touch screen and DSA.
7.) All covers installed.
8.) Room cleaned.
9.) Product locator cards collected.
10.) Missing components and/or options:

11.) List of any installation drawing deviations (all deviations should be signed by customer
and reviewed by the installation specialist).
12.) Packing materials disposed of.
13.) Dollies and crates returned:
Positioner table dolly

____________________________________ ____________________________________
Mechanical Installer Signature Field Engineer Signature

Page 48 Section 2.0 - Installation Handoff Checklist


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
FE ==> Apps Handoff Checklist
Purpose: Field Engineer to Application Specialist handoff checklist to confirm that all critical
installation steps have been completed.
Item # Item Sign Off
1.) Have all calibrations been completed?
2.) Have the sample images been installed on the system?
3.) Have purchased options been installed/enabled/configured?
4.) All appropriate regulatory labels installed:
X-ray tube focal spot
Warning labels
Rating plates
5.) InSite checkout completed?
6.) Have functional checks been completed?
7.) Are all covers installed?
8.) Have all protective tape/coverings been removed?
Table foot pedal
9.) Are there any cosmetic issues?
10.) Are there any system issues?
11.) Are there any functional limitations?
12.) Has system documentation (paper and CDROM) been given to the customer?
Also, for VA sites, has 2nd set of documentation been given to the customer?
13.) Is the hospital scheduling system (HIS/RIS) configured? Does the modality
display MWL (Modality WorkList) responses successfully?
14.) Are printers configured and printer calibrations done on ALL printers?
15.) Are PACS configured and SMPTE and/or test images pushed to system for
successful display (be sure burn/no burn is properly set for PACS)?
16.) Has local physics inspection been completed. Some states/sites may not allow
use of system for patients until this is done.
17.) Has backup of pristine system been performed? (Patient Data Base as well as
total system backup)
18.) Has Application Specialist received all checklists:
Pre-Installation
MI to FE checklist
FE to Apps checklist

____________________________________ ____________________________________
Mechanical Installer Signature Field Engineer Signature

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 49


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3.0
Cables
3.1 Routing
• System MIS cables should be pulled to/from the System Cabinet before the System Cabinet
is moved into the final mounting position.
• Some system cables are pre-connected to a sub-system and should not be disconnected in
order to pull the cable(s) through the conduits or wall ducts. Therefore, the following cables
should be pulled in the directions listed below:
- Wall Stand cables should be pulled from the Wall Stand to the System Cabinet.
- Magic PC cables should be pulled from the Wall Stand to the Magic PC.
• If excess cables must be coiled and stored, they must be coiled in a “figure 8" configuration,
NOT a single coil stack.
• Power cables must be kept separate from signal cables as much as possible. In wall ducts or
raceway, power cables should be routed in a separate channel from signal cables. Inside
system cabinets, power cables should not be bundled together with signal cables.

3.2 System Cables


1.) Perform routing and connection of system, power and ground cables.
2.) Refer to the schematics for details on system cabling.

3.3 EMC Compliance


1.) For EMC compliance, several cables require additional grounding through the use of P-clamps
connected to the cable shields. It is important that these P-clamps connections are made
properly in order to provide the necessary electrical ground. When more than one P-clamp
must be attached at the same mounting location, refer to Figure 2-1 and Figure 2-2 for correct
orientation of the P-clamps.

Figure 2-1 Correct Installation of Multiple P-Clamps

Page 50 Section 3.0 - Cables


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-2 Incorrect Installation of Multiple P-Clamps

Section 4.0
Positioner Table
4.1 Unpack
This section will describe the basic steps required to un-crate the table.

Be careful of injured by the nails.

• Do not discard any packing materials such as envelopes, boxes, bags until all parts are
accounted for against the packing list.
• Check the mechanical conditions and external appearances of all parts for possible damages
or missing items.
• The distribution center or factory must be notified immediately of any damage or shortage of
parts.
1.) Remove the top cover and four top cross members from the table shipping crate. See Figure 2-
3.

Figure 2-3 Table Crate with Top Removed

2.) Remove any additional cross members from the inside of the crate.
3.) Remove the sides of the shipping container. See Figure 2-4.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 51


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-4 Remove Crate Sides

4.) Remove the protective covering. See Figure 2-5.

Figure 2-5 Remove Protective Covering

5.) Take out all the boxes out from the crate.

Figure 2-6 Take Out Boxes

Note: Unpacking OPEN ME FIRST Crate #1-6 (Pink Box) at first.


Take out the Documents: Service Manual (2406876-100), Pre-Installation Manual (2406877-
100), and Operator Manual (2406878-100). Read Pre-Installation Manual and Service Manual
carefully before system installation and calibration.

Page 52 Section 4.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

6.) Unpack accessories crate.

4.2 Position Table


1.) Adjust caster bolts to lower the casters down the table base level. See Figure 2-7.

Figure 2-7 Lower Casters

2.) Pull the table down the ramp and to the field, and confirm the location of the table with operator.

DO NOT put your feet under the table base, for the table is so heavy and may hurt you.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 53


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-8 Pull Table to Field

3.) Adjust caster bolts to upper the casters above the table base level.

Figure 2-9 Upper Casters

4.) Demount the casters.

Figure 2-10 Demount Casters

Page 54 Section 4.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
4.3 Install Table

4.3.1 Demount Lock Screw


Demount the red lock screw on the back of the table base.

Figure 2-11 Demount Lock Screw

4.3.2 Table Tilt Motor


1.) Install the tilt motor base onto the table base.

Table Base

Tilt Motor
Motor Base

Figure 2-12 Install Tilt Motor Base

2.) Set the motor belt between pulleys of motor and gear box.

Figure 2-13 Set Motor Belt

3.) Loosen the four motor mount nuts to adjust the motor belt tension.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 55


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Belt
Motor
cable
Motor
mount
nuts

Belt Tensioner

Support Plate Tensioner Plate

Figure 2-14 Adjust Motor Belt Tension

4.) Tighten the motor belt tensioner, so that the clearance between the support plate and the
tensioner plate is approximate 0~1 mm, and align the screw and the edge of the motor base.

Figure 2-15 Tighten Motor Belt Tension

5.) Tighten the four motor mount nuts securely.


6.) Demount the cover of left counter.

Figure 2-16 Demount Left Counter Cover

7.) Insert table tilt motor cable (2409826) between the two counters, connect the cable, and fix the

Page 56 Section 4.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
cable with clamp.

U V W PE

Figure 2-17 Connect Table Tilt Motor Cable

8.) Configure Table Logic I/O Board (2408348-1).

1 2 3 4
1 0 0 0

Note: Set S1=”0001” and Jumper J8 to Pin1-Pin2 connection to support power input before
installation, after installaion, set them back to the default (S1=”0000” and Jumper J8 to Pin2-
Pin3 connection.

Defaults: S1: 1~4 OFF


S2: 1~4 OFF
J8: Pin2-Pin3

9.) Connect a temporary power cable.


Note: Apply AC220V at motor terminal.

Be careful of over loading.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 57


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-18 Connect Temporary Power Cable

Note: If the country DO NOT have AC220V, please tilt table manually.

4.3.3 Digital Spot Device


1.) Unpack tube stand & digital spot device.
a.) Remove the top and side covers of the shipping container and cross braces.

b.) Unpack and store the covers.


c.) Remove the lower cross braces.

Page 58 Section 4.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

d.) Remove the protective covering.

2.) Demount the four screws under table top.

Figure 2-19 Demount Screws

3.) Insert the digital spot device, and install it with the four screws.
Note: DO NOT need demount table top.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 59


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-20 Install Digital Spot Device

Note: Adjust the postion of digital spot device, place along marked guidelines, and then tighten the
four screws.

4.) Connect digital spot device cable 2409817 to 2409819.

Part No. One Side The Other Side


2409817 Cable 2409819 CN83 Logic I/O Bd J6
2409819 Cable 2409817 CN83 Cassette SW

4.3.4 Wiring Harness Bracket


1.) Demount the two screws.

Figure 2-21 Demount Screws

2.) Take the system wiring harness out from the back of the table base.

Page 60 Section 4.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.) Mount the wiring harness bracket.

Figure 2-22 Mount Wiring Harness Bracket

4.) Divide the cables into two groups for installation (one group is for I.I., the other is for other
subsystems behind the tube stand).

Figure 2-23 I.I. Cables from Wiring Harness Bracket

4.3.5 Tube Stand


1.) Demount the four screws on the digital spot device and the two screws on the tube stand.

2.) Install the tube stand.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 61


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Be careful of being injured by tube stand because of the heavy weight.


Note: DO NOT tighten the screws before adjusting the position of the tube stand.
3.) Adjust the position of the tube stand to place along marked guidelines, and then, tighten the
screws.
Note: Place along marked guidelines to guarantee the collimation between the view of x-ray and
image receptor.
a. Do not tighten the four screws on digital spot device and the two
screws on tube stand.
c. Tighten the screws after adjusting the position of the tube stand.

b. Place along marked guidelines on both sides.

4.) Demount the back cover of the tube stand.

Page 62 Section 4.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Tube Stand
Back Cover

5.) Connect the cables on the back of tube stand, and ty-rap the cables.

Figure 2-24 Connect Cables on Tube Stand Side

Part No. Table Table


One Side The Other Side
5119985 Speaker Audio Cable 2409700-1
5119983 Mic
5119984 44CN Cable 2409832 Compressor Power
5121656 Collimator Collimator Trans
5119987 E (Tube Stand) E (Ground)
5121494 E (Main) E (Image Chain)

Part No. Table Console Intercom


2409700-1 In-room Speaker Cable J2 (Speaker 2)
5119985
In-room Mic Cable J5 (Mic 2)
5119983

4.3.6 Tilt Table to Vertical Position


1.) Power up.
2.) Tilt table to vertical position by controlling the keystokes beside the table.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 63


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-25 Tilt Table to Vertical Position

Tilt the table LESS THAN 90 degrees to avoid the table’s overturn.
3.) Power off.

4.3.7 I.I.
1.) Demount the plate for protection.

Figure 2-26 Demount Protection Plate

2.) Mount I.I.

Page 64 Section 4.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Front
Cover

Bottom
Cover

3.) Demount the front and bottom covers.


Note: Be careful not damaging the ground cable.

Cable
Slot

Figure 2-27 Demount I.I. Covers

4.) Let the cables through the cable slot.


5.) Connect AEC feedback coaxial cable (2409797).

Figure 2-28 Connect AEC Feedback Coaxial Cable

Positioner Table Generator


I.I. Image Chain AEC Board
J2 AEC Channel #1, #2 (Pin 7-, Pin 12+)

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 65


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
6.) Connect CCD camera cables.

Part No. Integrated Console The Other Side


2408888 Imager PCU J4 Generator
I/F Board J8
5122285 CCU J1 Table
LVDS I.I. Image Chain

Note: Follow the process below during installing the 20 m cable (5122285) on I.I. side.
At I.I. side, the shielded cable should make 4 paths in the ferrite (3 loops).
a.) Insert the 20 m cable through the cable slot without ferrite.
b.) Open the ferrite and place the cable inside. The length of cable between the ferrite and
the connector should be 30 cm.

c.) Make a first loop having a diameter of about 7.5 cm.

d.) Make a second loop just on top of the first one.

Page 66 Section 4.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

e.) Make a third loop just on top of the first path.

f.) Close the box of the ferrite.

g.) Bind the ferrites with fixing strip.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 67


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

h.) Fix the cable to the Image Head using the cable clamp. Place the ferrite close to the cable
clamp before tightening.

Cable
Clamp

i.) Connect the 20 m cable.

7.) Connect the I.I. power cable (2409831) and ground cable.

2409831

Figure 2-29 Connect I.I. Power and Ground Cable

Page 68 Section 4.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
8.) Remount the front cover and the cover below.

Figure 2-30 Remount I.I. Covers

9.) Put the rubbery protection belt into the gap of I.I. and I.I. cover.

Figure 2-31 Mount Rubbery Protection Belt

4.3.8 X-Ray Tube


Note: If RAD14 tube is ordered, please follow Section 4.3.8.1.
If A196 tube is ordered, please follow Section 4.3.8.2.

4.3.8.1 RAD 14 Installation


1.) Assemble the tube fork. Put the blue cover onto handle if it is not assembled.
Tube Fork

Figure 2-32 Assemble Tube Fork

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 69


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Note: Apply locktite to mount screws.
2.) Loosen the four screws of the upper clamps of the tube fork.

Figure 2-33 Loosen Upper Clamps

3.) Remove the upper clamps of the tube fork.


Upper

Screws

Screws

Figure 2-34 Remove Upper Clamps

TO PREVENT THE CLAMPS FROM ANY IMPACT.IN CASE IMPACT OCCURRED, IT


SHOULD BE VERIFIED THAT THE CLAMP HAS ENOUGH STRENGTH BEFORE
INSTALLATION.
4.) Put the X-ray tube on lower clamps of the tube fork.

Figure 2-35 Install X-ray Tube

Page 70 Section 4.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
5.) Reinstall the upper clamp of the tube fork. Tighten the four screws surely.
Note: Pay attention to the marks on the clamps to put the left and right clamps into proper position.
The torque applied to the four screws is 6.0~6.4 N.m.
6.) Tube fork has a trunion used to rotate the tube. Loosen the two set screws and then adjust the
lock nut on both sides of the tube clamps. Make it lock the tube when moving the trunion
forward and release the tube otherwise.

Release
Lock

Lock

Figure 2-36 Lock Tube

7.) Fasten the set screws again.

4.3.8.2 A196 X-Ray Tube


1.) Take out A196 X-ray tube from box.
2.) Install X-ray tube onto the tube stand.

Trunion

Figure 2-37 Install X-ray Tube

Hold the tube to prevent it falling down.


3.) Adjust the tube bracket to the position easy for operation, and then tighten the two screws.
4.) Lock the tube.
Tube bracket has a trunion used to rotate the tube. Loosen the two set screws, and adjust the
lock nut on both sides of the tube clamp. Make it lock the tube when moving the trunion forward
and release the tube otherwise, and then, fasten the set screws again.
5.) Assemble the anode and cathode HV cable connectors.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 71


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
6.) Demount the two HV cable socket covers.

Figure 2-38 Demount HV Cable Socket Covers

7.) Clean HV cable connectors, and then apply a thin layer of silicon compound.

Figure 2-39 Apply Silicon Compound

8.) Connect the anode and cathode HV cables to the X-ray tube.

Page 72 Section 4.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-40 Connect HV Cables

HV Cable Socket HV Cable


+ (ANODE) +
- (CATHODE) -

Note: Check the polarity of HV cables carefully, and DO NOT connect the two HV cables reversedly.
9.) Adjust tube to the position easy for operation.
10.) Demount the two screws for tube fan.

Figure 2-41 Demount Tube Fan Screws

11.) Install the cooling fan with cable (2409505).


Note: No polar differences.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 73


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-42 Install Tube Cooling Fan

Part No. One End The Other End


2409505-6 Cooling Fan PDU J5
Grounding Cable

12.) Mount the cooling fan cover.

Figure 2-43 Mount Cooling Fan Cover

Page 74 Section 4.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
4.3.9 Collimator
1.) Demount the two stop plates, and take away the protection plate.
b. Take away the protection plate.

a. Demount ( the other stop plate is on


the other side of the protection plate.

Figure 2-44 Demount Two Stop Plates

2.) Take out the collimator flange, demount the handle, and remount it onto the other side.

Take out

Figure 2-45 Take Out Collimator Flange

Note: In order to securely mount the collimator, please add Loctite 242 to the screws on the stop
plates, also need to add Loctite 242 to the 4 mounting screws on the collimator flange while
installing the collimator.
3.) Demount the four mounting screws on the tube.

Figure 2-46 Demount Mounting Screws

4.) Put the blue handle between the collimator flange and the tube, and mount both the handle
and collimator flange using four screws. See Figure 2-47.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 75


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Collimator Flange

Blue Handle

Figure 2-47 Mount Collimator Flange

5.) Mount collimator onto the collimator flange using the two stop plates.

Figure 2-48 Mounting Collimator

6.) Demount collimator top cover with four screws.

Figure 2-49 Demount Collimator Top Cover

7.) Demount tube stand back cover.

Page 76 Section 4.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-50 Demount Tube Stand Back Cover

8.) Take out the cables, and remount the cover.

Figure 2-51 Take Out the Cables

9.) Connect collimator cables, and fix them with cable clamps.

Figure 2-52 Connect Collimator Cables

Part No. One Side The Other Side


2409830 Collimator CN84
Transformer A6 Cable 2409833
2409833 CN84 A2 TM1
Cable 2409830

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 77


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Part No. One Side The Other Side
2409820 X-ray Control Bd Digital Spot Device
J82 CN82
Cable 2409835
2409835 Digital Spot Device Collimator
CN82 CN12
Cable 2409820
2409832 44CN Motor Relay Bd J3
Cable 5119984 & Logic I/O Bd J41
5162733 Lamp Switch Terminal L3, L4
Integrated Console Collimator

10.) Remount collimator top cover.

Figure 2-53 Mount Collimator Top Cover

11.) Demount the tube cover on Anode side.

Figure 2-54 Demount Tube Cover

12.) Connect the tube control cable (2409507) and grounding cable (2409508).
Note: Ground cable must be connected properly.
Collimator ground cable should be connected to tube E.

Page 78 Section 4.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

A196 RAD14

Part No. HV Tank A196 X-ray Tube RAD14 X-ray Tube


2409507 C 1 5
M 2 4
S 3 3
T1 5 2
T2 6 1
2409508 GND GND GND

13.) Remount tube cover.

Figure 2-55 Remount Tube Cover

14.) Route and ty-rap the cables, and insert them into the cable hose.
Note: Suggest wear gloves when insert cables into cable hose.
15.) Mount the three hose brackets, and mount the cable hose into the hose brackets.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 79


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Hose

Hose Bracket

Figure 2-56 Mount Hose Brackets and Cable Hose

Section 5.0
Generator Cabinet
5.1 Unpack

Be careful of injured by the nails.

• Do not discard any packing materials such as envelopes, boxes, bags until all parts are
accounted for against the packing list.
• Check the mechanical conditions and external appearances of all parts for possible damages
or missing items.
• The distribution center or factory must be notified immediately of any damage or shortage of
parts.
1.) Remove the top and side covers of the shipping container and cross braces.

Figure 2-57 Remove Covers and Cross Braces

2.) Unpack and store the covers.


3.) Remove the lower cross braces.
4.) Remove the protective covering.

Page 80 Section 5.0 - Generator Cabinet


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-58 Remove Protective Covering

5.) Demount the four fixed screws.

Figure 2-59 Demount Fixed Screws

6.) Position generator cabinet to the location that does not prevent the table’s movement.

Figure 2-60 Position Generator Cabinet

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 81


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
5.2 Install Generator
1.) Demount the generator top cover with four screws and washers.

Figure 2-61 Demount Generator Top Cover

2.) Demount generator side cover with six screws and washers.

3.) Demount generator cable protective covers.

Demount

Figure 2-62 Demount Generator Cable Protective Covers

Page 82 Section 5.0 - Generator Cabinet


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
4.) Take out generator digital interface cable (2409362), and route in HV cables.
5.) Remove HV cable socket covers.

Figure 2-63 Remove HV Cable Socket Covers

6.) Clean HV cable connectors, and then apply a thin layer of silicon compound.

Figure 2-64 Apply Silicon Compound

7.) Connect the anode and cathode HV cables to the generator oil tank.

Figure 2-65 Connect HV Cables

HV Tank HV Cable
+ +
- -

Note: Check the polarity of HV cables carefully, and do not connect the two HV cables reversedly.
8.) Connect tube control cable (2409507) and tube ground cable (2409508).

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 83


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2409508

2409507

Figure 2-66 Connect Tube Control Cable

Part No. HV Tank Tube Color


2409507 C C White
M M Black
S S Red
T1 T1 Yellow
T2 T2 Brown
2409508 E E Green-Yellow

9.) Demount power supply protective cover.

Figure 2-67 Demount Cover

10.) Connect power supply cable.

Page 84 Section 5.0 - Generator Cabinet


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-68 Connect Power Supply Cable

Part No. HV Tank PDU TB2


2409492 U U
2409493 V V
2409494 W W
2409495 GND GND

To prevent possible body or equipment damage, please avoid inappropriate power up.
11.) Remount the protective cover.

Figure 2-69 Remount Cover

12.) Connect CCU generator I/F cable (2408888) and touch screen console communication cable
(5123315) on generator I/F board.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 85


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Touch Screen Com- ABC cable


munication cable

Figure 2-70 Connect ABC and Touch Screen Communication Cables

Part No. Generator I/F Board Integrated Console


2408888 J8 Imager PCU J4
5123315 J4 Touch Screen Console J2

13.) Connect other cables on generator room I/F board.

Figure 2-71 Generator Room I/F Board Cables

Page 86 Section 5.0 - Generator Cabinet


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
a.) PDU power-on cable (2409637).

Generator Room I/F Bd System PDU J1


TB8 24VDC 24VDC
TB7 0VDC 0VDC
GND GND

b.) Connect touch screen grounding cable (5124835) from touch screen to generator room I/
F board.
c.) Connect generator room I/F cable (2408887).

Generator Integrated Console


Room I/F bd TB5, TB6 Console I/F J17

d.) Connect door lock (Pin 4, 5) and room light (Pin 11, 12) on TB4.

14.) Connect AEC feedback coaxial cable (2409797).


Note: Connect AEC channel 2 to AEC channel 1 if DSA is selected.

AEC Channel 1
AEC Channel 2

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 87


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
15.) Connect AEC Feedback Coaxial Cable

Generator Positioner Table


AEC Board I.I. Image Chain AEC Board
AEC channel #1, #2 (Pin 7-, Pin 12+) J2

16.) Ty-rap the cables and remount all the generator cable protective covers.

Figure 2-72 Ty-rap Cables

Page 88 Section 5.0 - Generator Cabinet


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 6.0
PDU Cabinet
6.1 Unpack

Be careful of injured by the nails.

• Do not discard any packing materials such as envelopes, boxes, bags until all parts are
accounted for against the packing list.
• Check the mechanical conditions and external appearances of all parts for possible damages
or missing items.
• The distribution center or factory must be notified immediately of any damage or shortage of
parts.
1.) Remove the top and side covers of the shipping container and cross braces.

Figure 2-73 Remove Covers and Cross Braces

2.) Unpack and store the covers.


3.) Remove the lower cross braces.
4.) Remove the protective covering.

Figure 2-74 Remove Protective Covering

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 89


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
5.) Position PDU cabinet to the location that does not prevent the table’s movement.

6.2 Install PDU


1.) Demount PDU cabinet top cover.

Figure 2-75 Demount PDU Top Cover

2.) Demount PDU cabinet front cover.

3.) Connect PDU cables.

Page 90 Section 6.0 - PDU Cabinet


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-76 Connect PDU Cables

Hospital PDU TB1


360 ~ 440 VAC U
3 Phase Supply V
W
GND

Part No. PDU TB2 HV Tank


2409492 U U
2409493 V V
2409494 W W
2409495 GND GND

Part No. PDU The Other End


2409637 J1 Generator Room I/F
2409502 J3 Table TM1
2409500 J4 System Console, Fuse F1, F2
2409505 J5 Tube Fan
2409501 GND System Console GND
2409503 GND Table E

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 91


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 7.0
Integrated Console
7.1 Unpack

Be careful of injured by the nails.

• Do not discard any packing materials such as envelopes, boxes, bags until all parts are
accounted for against the packing list.
• Check the mechanical conditions and external appearances of all parts for possible damages
or missing items.
• The distribution center or factory must be notified immediately of any damage or shortage of
parts.
1.) Remove the top and side covers of the shipping container and cross braces.

Figure 2-77 Remove Covers and Cross Braces

2.) Unpack and store the covers.


3.) Remove the lower cross braces.
4.) Remove the protective covering.

Figure 2-78 Remove Protective Covering

Page 92 Section 7.0 - Integrated Console


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
5.) Position integrated console to the location where the operator can observe the patients easily.

Figure 2-79 Position Integrated Console

6.) Position console cabinet beside the integrated console, either left or right.

Figure 2-80 Position Console Cabinet

7.2 Install Integrated Console


1.) Demount console cabinet side and back covers and integrated console back cover.

Demount

Demount

Figure 2-81 Demount Integrated Console Covers

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 93


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
2.) Position control room monitor and touch screen console on system console.

Figure 2-82 Position Monitor and Touch Screen Console

3.) Put PC into the console cabinet.


4.) Connect console cables.
2408886
Foot Pedal Ground cable

PS1

PS2

System Console
Power cable 2409500

Figure 2-83 Connect Console Cables


Note: Notice for the arrow on the pin and socket.

Part No. System Console Table


2409498 I/F J5 Bulkhead J432
2408886 I/F J15 TDSP CN333
2409700-1 Intercomm J2 Speaker
Intercomm J5 Mic

Page 94 Section 7.0 - Integrated Console


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Part No. System Console Table
5122285 CCU J1 LVDS I.I. Image Chain
5162733 Lamp Switch Collimator Terminal L3, L4

Note: Follow the process below during installing the 20 m cable (5122285) on PCU side.
At PCU side, the shielded cable should make 3 paths in the ferrite (2 loops).
a.) Open the ferrite and place the cable inside. The length of cable between the ferrite and
the connector shall be about 7 cm.

b.) Make a first loop having a diameter of about 7.5 cm.

c.) Make a second loop just on top of the first one.

d.) Close the box of the ferrite.

e.) Bind the ferrites with fixing strip.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 95


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

f.) Connect the cable to PCU.

5.) Take out the watchdog (5121184) from Accessory Box, install it to "Rockey" as below, and
connect workstation cables.

Power
4
4

6
6

2
2

Key 3
Key 3

1
1

5
5

COM1

Rockey

Keyboard
Mouse
Hospital Network

Inroom Monitor (Option) Primary Monitor


COM2
Frame Grab Card

Coaxial Cable (2409360)


Camera Link Cable 5162261 PCI1750 Card
Image Converting Board

Figure 2-84 Connect Workstation Cables

Part No. System Console System Console


One End The Other End
2409366 FRM. GRAB. BD. IMG. CONV. BD.
2409361 I/F Board J3 1750 Card
2408907 I/F Board J7 CCU J7
2408885 I/F Board J9 PS1
2408913 I/F Board J8 Contrast Adjustment
2408912 I/F Board J10 Brightness Adjustment
2409360 I/F Board J13 IMG. CONV. BD.
2408914 I/F Board J14 Intercomm J7

Page 96 Section 7.0 - Integrated Console


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Part No. System Console System Console
One End The Other End
2409496 Mic Volume Adjust Intercomm J4
2409497 Speaker Volume Adjust Intercomm J8
2408924 PS2 Console Mic Assy. Intercomm J1
2408925 PS2 Console Speaker Assy. Intercomm J6
5119258 Intercomm Mic Switch Intercomm J3
2409365 IMG. CONV. BD. CCU J5
2408902 PS2 CCU J11
2408899 GND GND

6.) Connect CPI touch screen cables.

Figure 2-85 Connect Touch Screen Cables

Part No. CPI Console System Console


2408889 CPI Console COM1 I/F Board J2
5162732 CPI Console COM2 Workstation COM2

Part No. CPI Console Generator


5123315 GEN I/F Board J4
5124835 GND Room I/F Board GND

7.) Connect monitor cables.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 97


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-86 Connect LCD Monitor Cables

Part No. Integrated Console Monitor


2408905-1 Console Power Strip Monitor
2409364 Workstation

8.) Install in-room monitor (optional) on the cart, put them in-room, and connect in-room monitor
cables.
Note: Connect in-room monitor if customer orders it.

Part No. Monitor In-Room Monitor


5162261 Workstation LCD Monitor
5162380 Power Cable

Page 98 Section 7.0 - Integrated Console


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8.0
Electrical Connections
1.) Configure S1 back to "0000" on table logic I/O board (2408348-1), and configure Jumper J8
back to Pin2-Pin3 connection.

1 2 3 4
0 0 0 0

2.) Disconnect the temporary power cable.


3.) Connect table power cable (2409502).

Figure 2-87 Connect Table Power Cable

4.) Connect other cables on table bulkhead, and ty-rap the cables.

J431

J442

J531

J542

J432

Figure 2-88 Connect Table Bulkhead Cables

Part No. Table Bulkhead Table


2409828 J431 Logic I/O Board J331
2409829 J442 X-ray Control Board J332
2409831 J432 I.I.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 99


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Part No. Table Bulkhead Integrated Console
2409055 J431 TDSP Board CN331
2409056 J442 TDSP Board CN332
2409498 J432 Console I/F J5

5.) Connect in-room foot pedal cable (optional).

Figure 2-89 Connect In-Room Foot Pedal Cable

Part No. Table In-Room Foot Pedal


5121496 Bulkhead J531

Page 100 Section 8.0 - Electrical Connections


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 9.0
Accessories
9.1 Install Compressor Force
1.) Take out the compressor with a dowel and bolt.
2.) Insert the dowel into the pole of the compressor.
Note: Align the holes in the dowel and pole.

Align the holes

3.) Mount the compressor by tightening the bolt.

Figure 2-90 Mount Compressor

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 101


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
9.2 Install Barium Meal Cup Pad

Figure 2-91 Install Barium Meal Cup Pad

9.3 Install Microphone

Figure 2-92 Install Microphone on Table

9.4 Install Footrest


Note: There are four fixing pins under the footrest.

Page 102 Section 9.0 - Accessories


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Former
fixing pin

Latter fix-
ing pin

1.) Insert the two former fixing pins into both side rails.

Figure 2-93 Insert Former Fixing Pins

2.) Insert the two latter fixing pins into the slots in both side rails.
Note: There are three slots in each side rail.
Install the footrest by cutomer’s requirements.

Latter fix-
ing pin

Side rail

3.) Lock the footrest.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 103


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Lock

Lever

Figure 2-94 Lock Footrest

9.5 Install Side Armrest


Note: There are two fixing pins under each armrest.

1.) Mount one armrest on one side rail.

Figure 2-95 Mount Armrest

2.) Adjust the armrest to the appropriate position.


3.) Screw the armrest down.

Page 104 Section 9.0 - Accessories


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Screw down

Figure 2-96 Screw Down

4.) Mount the other armrest.

Figure 2-97 Mount The Other Armrest

9.6 Install Shoulder Pad


Note: There are two fixing pins under each shoulder pad.

Latter fix-
ing pin

Former
fixing pin

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 105


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
1.) Mount one shoulder pad on one side rail.

Screw down

Figure 2-98 Mount Shoulder Pad

2.) Adjust the should pad to the appropriate position.


3.) Screw the shoulder pad down.
4.) Mount the other shoulder pad.

Figure 2-99 Mount The Other Shoulder Pad

9.7 Install Upper Armrest

Figure 2-100 Install Upper Armrest

Page 106 Section 9.0 - Accessories


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
9.8 Install Compression Band (Optional)
Note: Please install the compression band if necessary.
Please uninstall the compression band if it is not used, and put it aside to avoide damages.
1.) Take out the compression band.

Figure 2-101 Compression Band

2.) Install the outboard compression band pole (the pole with compression band fixed in), adjust
the compression band pole to a proper position, and then, tighten the bolt.

Figure 2-102 Install Outboard Compression Band Pole

3.) Install the inboard compression band pole (the pole without compression band fixed on), adjust
the compression band pole to a proper position, and then, tighten the bolt.

Figure 2-103 Install Inboard Compression


Band Pole

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 107


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
4.) Remove the ratchet wheel, and loosen the compression band on the outboard compression
band pole.

Figure 2-104 Remove Ratchet Wheel


5.) Pull the compression band to the inboard compression band pole through patients, and insert
the pole through the compression band.

Figure 2-105 Pull Compression Band


6.) Turn the ratchet wheel on the outboard compression band pole to tighten the compression
band.

Figure 2-106 Remove Ratchet Wheel


7.) Fix the compression band.

Figure 2-107 Remove Ratchet Wheel

Page 108 Section 9.0 - Accessories


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 10.0
Fix Table
Note: Confirm the location of table with customers before fixing the table.
1.) Drill four 14 mm diameter holes 100 mm deep with masonry drill.

Figure 2-108 Drill Holes

2.) Clean holes of all dust and chips.


3.) Insert supplied 90 mm Rawl power-bolt anchors and washers.
4.) Hammer the anchors into the holes.

Figure 2-109 Hammer Anchors

5.) Tighten the anchors.

Figure 2-110 Tighten Anchors

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 109


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 11.0
Footstep Installation (Optional)
1.) Demount the footstep cover with 5 screws.
2.) Install the footstep clinging to table base with two bolts.
3.) Re-mount the footstep cover.

Figure 2-111 Footstep

Section 12.0
Final Cover Installation
Note: Install the subsystem covers after system checks and configuration/calibration.

12.1 Install Table Covers


1.) Install table base covers.

Figure 2-112 Install Table Base Covers

2.) Install table front cover.


Note: Demount the screws on the table before mounting the front cover. DO NOT miss the screw
near the stopper fitting.

Page 110 Section 11.0 - Footstep Installation (Optional)


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-113 Install Table Front Cover

3.) Install tube stand back cover.

Figure 2-114 Install Tube Stand Back Cover

12.2 Install Generator Cabinet Covers


1.) Install generator cabinet side cover.

Figure 2-115 Install Generator Cabinet Side Cover

2.) Install generator cabinet top cover with two ground cables.

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 111


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-116 Install Generator Cabinet Top Cover

12.3 Install PDU Cabinet Covers


1.) Mount PDU cabinet front cover.
2.) Mount PDU cabinet top cover.

Figure 2-117 Install PDU Cabinet Covers

Page 112 Section 12.0 - Final Cover Installation


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
12.4 Install Integrated Console Covers
1.) Ty-rap and route the cables, and install system console back cover.

Figure 2-118 Install System Console Back Cover

2.) Install the console cabinet back and side covers, and then install the rubbery caps in a plastic
poke (2239428).

Install Covers Mount Rubbery Caps

Figure 2-119 Install Console Cabinet Covers

Note: Leave at least 20 cm between console cabinet and wall, or the high temperature in console
cabinet will damage the server.

Section 13.0
Labels and Rating Plates
Attach English/multilingual labels to overlay the English/Chinese labels attached in factory.

13.1 System

Label Description References


5120301 System Rating Plate See Figure 2-120

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 113


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-120 5120301, System Rating Plate

13.2 Table

Label Description References


5120300 Table Rating Plate See Figure 2-121
5123124 Caution Label See Figure 2-122
5123126 Caution Label See Figure 2-123
5123128 Danger Label See Figure 2-124
5123129 Danger Label See Figure 2-124
5123222 Caution Label See Figure 2-125
5139370 Caution Label
5169599 Table Caution Label 4 Labels, See Figure 2-126
5174011 Table Caution Label 2 Labels, See Figure 2-127

Figure 2-121 5120300, Table Rating Plate

Page 114 Section 13.0 - Labels and Rating Plates


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-122 5123124, Caution Label

Figure 2-123 5123126, Caution Label

5123129
5123128

Figure 2-124 5123128/5123129, Danger Labels

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 115


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-125 5123222, Caution Label

Figure 2-126 5169599, Table Caution Label

Page 116 Section 13.0 - Labels and Rating Plates


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-127 5174011, Table Caution Label

13.3 Generator

Label Description References


5120306-1 50kW Generator Rating Plate See Figure 2-128
5120306 65kW Generator Rating Plate See Figure 2-128

Figure 2-128 50/65 kW Generator Rating Plate

13.4 PDU

Label Description References


5120304 PDU Rating Plate See Figure 2-129
5120309 PDU Safety Warning Label See Figure 2-130

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 117


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-129 5120304, PDU Rating Plate

Figure 2-130 5120309, PDU Safety Warning Label

13.5 Integrated Console

Label Description References


5120298 Integrated Console Rating Plate See Figure 2-131
5120315 Operation Warning on Touch Screen See Figure 2-132

Figure 2-131 5120298, Integrated Console Rating Plate

Page 118 Section 13.0 - Labels and Rating Plates


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 2-132 5120315, Operation Warning on Touch Screen

13.6 DICOM/DSA/Watchdog License Labels


Note: If customer order DICOM/DSA/Watchdog, please get the letter from customer, open it, find the
license labels, and paste them onto the DSA & Service Tool (5124327) CD cover, and ask
customers to give appropriate storages.

Watchdog

DICOM

DSA

Figure 2-133 DICOM/DSA/Watchdog License Labels

Section 14.0
MI ==> FE Handoff Checklist
Purpose: Mechanical Installer to Field Engineer handoff checklist to confirm that all critical
installation steps have been completed.

Table 2-1 Mechanical Installer to Field Engineer Handoff Checklist

Item # Item Sign Off

1.) Power and ground cables connected and tightened:


• Power cables (how many, where)
• Ground cables (how many, where)

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 119


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Table 2-1 Mechanical Installer to Field Engineer Handoff Checklist

Item # Item Sign Off

2.) All signal cables connected and tightened.

3.) Cable shield clamps installed and tightened (how many, where).

4.) All mounting bolts installed and tightened (floor and wall).

5.) Mechanical alignments done.

6.) Control room cables properly dressed.

7.) All covers installed.

8.) Room cleaned.

9.) Product locator cards collected.

10.) Missing components and/or options:

11.) List of any installation drawing deviations (all deviations should


be signed by customer).

12.) Packing materials disposed of.

13.) Dollies and crates returned:


• Positioner Table dolly

Section 15.0
FE==> Apps Handoff Checklist
Purpose: Field Engineer to Application Specialist handoff checklist to confirm that all critical
installation steps have been completed.

Table 2-2 Field Engineer to Application Specialist Handoff Checklist

Item # Item Sign Off

1.) Have all calibrations been completed?

2.) Have the sample images been installed on the system?

3.) Have purchased options been installed/enabled/configured?

4.) All appropriate regulatory labels installed:


• X-ray tube focal spot

5.) HHS testing completed?

6.) InSite checkout completed?

7.) Have functional checks been completed?

Page 120 Section 15.0 - FE==> Apps Handoff Checklist


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Table 2-2 Field Engineer to Application Specialist Handoff Checklist

Item # Item Sign Off

8.) Are all covers installed?

9.) Have all protective tape/coverings been removed?

10.) Are there any cosmetic issues?

11.) Are there any system issues?

12.) Are there any functional limitations?

13.) Has system documentation (paper and CDROM) been given to


the customer?
Also, for VA sites, has 2nd set of documentation been given to the
customer?

14.) Is the hospital scheduling system (HIS/RIS) configured? Does


the modality display MWL (Modality WorkList) responses
successfully?

15.) Are printers configured and printer calibrations done on ALL


printers?

16.) Are PACS configured and SMPTE and/or test images pushed to
system for successful display (be sure burn/no burn is properly
set for PACS)?

17.) Has local physics inspection been completed? (some states/sites


may not allow use of system for patients until this is done)

18.) Has backup of pristine system been performed? (Patient Data


Base as well as total system backup)

19.) Application Specialist has received all checklists:


• Pre-Installation
• MI to FE checklist
• FE to Apps checklist

Section 16.0
Final Steps
16.1 Database Backup
After calibration, perform complete database backup. Refer to Backup procedure in the Utilities
appendix.

16.2 Final Installation and Admin Tasks


1.) Ready system for normal customer operation.
2.) Install all covers on system equipment. (Refer to Installation manual for procedure.)

Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 121


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.) Remove trash, remove installation equipment and tools, clean up room and store service
manuals.
4.) Fill out Product Locator Cards and return them.
5.) Record installation time in Service database.

Page 122 Section 16.0 - Final Steps


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 3 - System Checks


Check system functions after system installation.
If any problems happen during system checks, please refer to troubleshooting. And then, please do
system checks from the beginning again.
After system checks, install the covers.
STEP SYSTEM CHECK DETAILS DONE
STEP 1 CHECK THE OUTSIDE 1.) Outside: make sure the system is
AND THE WIRINGS clean
2.) Confim no bolts fall off
3.) System connections (refer to Mis
map): make sure the connections are
correct (it is corresponding between
the cable name and port), confirm
that there is no looseness among all
the parts of the apparatus, and
confirm every cable is fast, especially
the power cable and ground cable
a.) Supply Mains
b.) Power Cables: confirm the
resistance between two of the
three-phase U, V, W is infinite,
and also confirm the resistance
between each of the three-
phase U, V, W and ground is
infinite
c.) Signal Cables
d.) Ground Cables
Each cable should be fixed hard,
and turn the cable name to the
location where is easy to be
seen during the check
STEP 2 MAINS SWITCH ON 1.) Check hospital power (PDU Output
Voltage): 400V+/-10%
2.) System electrify
a.) Check PDU LED green light is
illuminated (Troubleshooting -
“PDU” on page 226.)

Chapter 3 - System Checks Page 123


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

STEP SYSTEM CHECK DETAILS DONE


STEP 2 b.) Check the red light is illuminated
(CONT.) on generator interface board
(Troubleshooting - “Generator”
on page 225.)

3.) System power up: check all the


indications (refer to Generator
Indication LEDs Definition in
Generator Service Manual)
a.) Generator CPU board lights up

You can do test as below table.

b.) Auxiliary board lights up

Page 124 Chapter 3 - System Checks


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

STEP SYSTEM CHECK DETAILS DONE


STEP 2 c.) Tube fan runs (Troubleshooting
(CONT.) - “Tube Fan Not Work” on
page 213.)

d.) Console interface board lights


up (Troubleshooting - “Console
I/F Board” on page 229.)

e.) Control console lights up

f.) Touch screen console runs


(Troubleshooting - “Touch
Screen Issue” on page 233.)

g.) DSA runs (Troubleshooting -


“No Image Acquisition with X-ray
Exposure” on page 238.)

Chapter 3 - System Checks Page 125


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

STEP SYSTEM CHECK DETAILS DONE


STEP 3 MECHANICAL 1.) Beside table control
MOVEMENT a.) Check collimator
(Troubleshooting - “Collimator
Lamp Not Light Up” on
page 215., “Collimator
Movement Issue” on page 216.,
and “FOV Indication Error” on
page 217.)

I.) Open collimator field


illunimation lamp
II.) Turn the knob to open/close
the blades
Max.: 12 Min.: 0
b.) Table movement

I.) Table top for-to-aft-to-mid


movement
II.) Tube arm head-to-foot
movement: note not cut the
the cables under the table
III.) Table tilting 0o-to-90o-to-0o-
to--30o
> Note not cut the cables
under the table when
table is at 90o
> If tube arm is at head
side of table, it will
retract when table is at -
18o to make sure the I.I.
will not knock the
ground
2.) Remote control

a.) Repeat the steps in 1)

Page 126 Chapter 3 - System Checks


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

STEP SYSTEM CHECK DETAILS DONE


STEP 3 b.) Check compression cone: no
(CONT.) matter where it is, when tube
arm or table top is moving,
compression cone will retract to
the original location
c.) Check interphone functions by
stepping footswitch
STEP 4 TABLE EMERGENCY 1.) Remote control
STOP a.) Emergency stop lights up, and
compression cone retract to the
original location
b.) No functions
I.) No remote control
II.) No table top movement
III.) No tube arm movement
IV.) No table tilting
c.) Power off
d.) Power up again
2.) Beside table emergency stop: repeat
the steps in 1)
STEP 5 X-RAY TUBE 1.) Select above table mode (receptor 3)

or under table mode (receptor

4)

2.) Press located on the left-


bottom of the touch screen frame to
check the anode running
3.) Take exposure
4.) Conditioning / Seasoning by referring
to Chapter 3.1 - Tube Conditioning /
Seasoning
STEP 6 FLUOROSCOPY 1.) Attach an object (such as a resolution
ABC pattern) on the table top

2.) Select DR mode (receptor 1)


3.) Step footswitch continuously to take
fluoro, and make sure there is an
image
4.) Make sure there is auto brightness
measure
STEP 7 RADIOGRAPHY 1.) Select AEC auto mode
AEC 2.) Take exposure
3.) Make sure there is an image
4.) Make sure there is mAs feedback on
the touch screen

Chapter 3 - System Checks Page 127


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

STEP SYSTEM CHECK DETAILS DONE


STEP 8 UNDER TABLE MODE 1.) Insert cassette under the table, and
PHOTOGRAPH make sure the indication lights up
2.) Make sure spot exposure is forbidden
3.) Take exposure by pressing the
exposure key located on the right-
bottom of the touch screen frame.

STEP 9 SELECT LOCAL 1.) Select local languages


LANGUAGES a.) Check software version
I.) Touch Screen

II.) DSA

b.) Install local languages


I.) Touch Screen: See
“Settings” on page 157.
II.) DSA: uninstall the English/
Chinese version software by
referring to “Uninstallation”
on page 164., and then
install the English/Local
Language version software
by referring to “Installation”
on page 170..
2.) Config. Date & Time by referring to
2.1.3.4 - Date / Time Setup
3.) Repeat STEP 6 to STEP 9
STEP 10 DICOM CONFIG Refer to DICOM configuration in Chapter 5
STEP 11 DSA ACTIVATION Refer to DSA activation in Chapter 5

Page 128 Chapter 3 - System Checks


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration


The majority of the system calibration was performed at the factory. Therefore, only the unchecked
procedures need to be run. Should there be any problems with any of the factory settings, we
recommend that only those units required to correct the problem be run.

Section 1.0
Hardware
1.1 Table

1.1.1 Table Logic I/O Board (2408348-1) Configuration


Set S1=”0001” and Jumper J8 to Pin1-Pin2 connection to support power input before installation,
after installaion, set them back to the default (S1=”0000” and Jumper J8 to Pin2-Pin3 connection.

Defaults: S1: 1~4 OFF


S2: 1~4 OFF
J8: Pin2-Pin3

Note: If the customer select In room foot pedal (Option). There is a configuration for customer to select:
1.) S2= "0000" -(Default - Remote configuration): Console foot switch and In-room foot switch are
controlled by "Remote" button. They can't be activated at the same time during fluoroscopy
operation.
2.) S2="0001" -(Customer - Classical configuration): Console foot switch and In-room foot switch
are not controlled by "Remote" button. They can be activated at the same time during
fluoroscopy operation.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 129


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
1.2 Generator

1.2.1 DSS PWBA (5123287) Configuration

A196 Tube
SW1: 1~8 OFF

RAD14 Tube
SW1: 3 ON
1, 2, 4~8 OFF

1.2.2 Digital Input Board

SW1: 1 ON; 2~8 OFF

1.2.3 ABC Jumper Setting


On generator I/F board, the jumpers have to be set to:

ABC Pick Up Type Generator interface board inputs jumper configuration


Input JW4 JW5 JW11 JW12 JW13 JW19 JW20 JW21
Proportional DC, J8 Out * PINs Out Out PINs Out PINs
0~5VDC positive 2-3 1-2 2-3

Note: 1.) There are many ABC inputs on generator I/F board; TH800+ shall use J8, which is a BNC
connector.
2.) "Out" in table above means the jumper shall be jumped out (not connected).
3.) The "*" in table above means "don't care".
4.) For some jumpers, such as JW11, JW19 and JW21, there are 3 pins named 1,2,3. So PINs2-
3 means pin 2 and 3 shall be connected.

Page 130 Section 1.0 - Hardware


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Jumper

Pin1 Pin2 Pin3

PINs1-2 means pin 1 and pin 2 shall be connected.As shown below.

Jumper

Pin1 Pin2 Pin3

5.) All setting above is to achieve "Proportional DC, 0~5VDC positive".


6.) For more details, refer to CPI Indico 100 Service Manual, 3E.2.2 ABS jumper matrix.

1.2.4 AEC Jumper Setting


All the jumpers in table below are located on generator AEC board.

Jumpers locate
on this board

Jumper Setting Note


AEC channel 1 JW2 ON AEC feedback signal is proportional
JW3 OFF DC rather than ramp DC.

JW45 ON AEC feedback signal is positive DC.


JW44 OFF
AEC channel 2 JW39 ON AEC feedback signal is proportional
JW40 OFF DC rather than ramp DC.

JW50 ON AEC feedback signal is positive DC.


JW49 OFF
AEC channel 3 JW37 ON AEC feedback signal is proportional
JW38 OFF DC rather than ramp DC.
JW55 ON AEC feedback signal is positive DC.
JW54 OFF

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 131


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

AEC channel 4 JW41 ON AEC feedback signal is proportional


JW42 OFF DC rather than ramp DC.
JW60 ON AEC feedback signal is positive DC.
JW59 OFF

Note: 1.) Some jumpers are simple jumpers, such as JW2 and JW3...etc. There are only 2 pins for these
jumpers. ON means connect, OFF means not connected.
2.) Some jumpers are a little bit complex, for example, JW44. 45, 46. There are only 4 pins for 3
jumpers. The figure below shows how to set these jumpers.
JW45 OFF
JW44 ON JW45 ON JW44 OFF JW46 ON JW44 OFF
JW46 OFF
JW45 OFF
JW46 OFF

Pin1 Pin2 Pin3 Pin4 Pin1 Pin2 Pin3 Pin4 Pin1 Pin2 Pin3 Pin4

3.) The figures above are just illustration to show the usage of this kind of jumpers. The marks on
the board have to be carefully read to ensure correct jumper setting. JW49, 50, 54,55,59,60
are nearly the same.

1.3 PDU
Factory configured voltage is 380V. You can configure the voltage by jumpers on the transformer.

Page 132 Section 1.0 - Hardware


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
1.4 Integrated Console

1.4.1 Console Interface Board

S2: 1~4 OFF

1.5 Collimator
1.) Make the collimator controller of positioner console on max position.

2.) Superpose the adjustment tool on the collimator. This adjustment tool may be a transparent
material with the figure below, such as a white paper or card. The line’s width on the
adjustment tool shall be 1 mm. Push the lamp button of collimator to light it.

Spot/Fluoro
1/1
51mm
51mm

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 133


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.) Configure S1=”0011”, S2=”0000” on Table Logic I/O Board (2408348-1). Verify that the
collimator knobs can control the blades.

S1 S2
0011 0000

Note: S1, S2 configure is from high to low. Below diagram is an example for S1 configure.

1 2 3 4
1 1 0 0

4.) Adjust Potentiometer of X-ray Control board (2408350) to control the collimator. The
adjustment specifications are shown below. Visually check the collimator blade light vision
edge on the line inside. So it shall meet the requirement <+/-0.5mm.
Configure S1=”1011”, S2=”0000”. Adjust VR2 and VR4 for Spot 1/1 position.
Configure S1=”0101”, S2=”0000”. Adjust VR6 and VR8 for Fluoro 1/1 position.

Page 134 Section 1.0 - Hardware


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2.0
Softwares
Note: All the installation drivers are stored in E:\Setup\. The file E:\Setup\Recovery.gho cannot be moved.
All the factory configured parameters are stored in D:\Service Tools\. If you do any modifications on
the parameters, please also store in this path as another file name. DO NOT replace the factory
configured file.
All the softwares are factory installed.
Since the recovery disk includes all the softwares (Operating System, Service Package, Drivers,
GenWare, PCU, and Image Brightness Measure installation softwares), suggest recovering system
with the recovery disk if necessary, and then, install the DSA software.
Below software versions are for examples. Please confirm the current software versions in your
system by referring to the CDs shipped with system.

2.1 Touch Screen Software

2.1.1 System Power Up / Power Off

Note: The touch screen membrane can be easily scratched by sharp objects. To avoid possible
damage, items such as pens, pointers, tools, and etc should not be brought near the touch screen
membrane.

Do not attemp to install unauthorized software onto the console. The generator must be
programmed not to exceed the x-ray tube maximum operating limits shown in the Operator
Manual (Part Number 2406878-100). Intended life and reliability will not be obtained unless
generators are operated within published specifications.

The viewing angle adjustment screws at the rear of the touch screen console should only be
removed by qualified persennel. Removing these screws may create instability, causing possible
equipment damage or personal injury. The screws may be loosened sufficiently by the user
to adjust the viewing angle of the display, but must be retightened immediately.

The X-ray generator on / off buttons are located on the left-bottom of the touch screen frame.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 135


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
2.1.1.1 Power Up
Press the button located on the left-bottom of the touch screen frame to switch the X-ray generator
on. The LED adjacent to the generator on / off switches will light when the generator is switched on.

The touch screen console will power up when the generator is switched on. When the console has
completed its startup routine, the main console menu will appear on the touch screen console. Four
menu selections are available as described below.

2.1.1.2 Power Off


Exit the current screen(s) to return to the main console menu.
Exit DSA software, and wait for the monitor screen to go black. Then press the button to switch the
generator off.

Page 136 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
2.1.2 Touch Screen Utility Installation

The software on the USB will damage a desktop PC. The software must be installed on a CPI Touch
Screen computer only.

Confirm the system is power off.


1.) Prepare the USB key with utility package, and make sure the package locates in root directory.
2.) Press SW1 down.
3.) Connect the USB key to any USB port of the touch screen.

4.) Power up the system.


5.) Click the button "Upgrade via a USB Memory Stick" when reach following screen.

6.) Choose the proper package file you want to update.

7.) Select ALL Packets.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 137


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

8.) Wait for upgrade complete.

9.) The update is completed successfully.

Page 138 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
2.1.3 Configuration
1.) Power up, and log into the main menu.

- Acquisition Press to select the normal console-operating mode. After a brief


Mode delay, buttons and indicators will appear on the touch screen
along with an anatomical graphic for APR selections or the kV /
mAs stepping function will be displayed, depending on receptor
configuration. Please refer to the Operator Manual (P/N 2406878-
100).
- Tube Warmup Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System DO NOT NEED to do tube
warmup.
- System Utilities Press to enter the utilities menu (APR editor, language selection,
APR backup and restore, sound control, date and time, touch
screen calibration, receptor programming, etc).

2.) Access system utilities


a.) From the main console menu, press System Utilities. A pop-up window will be
displayed, requesting a password.
b.) Please get the factory-default service password by referring to Precision THUNIS-800+
Restricted Service Manual (2406879-100), and then access to all of the functions listed
above.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 139


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

After a brief delay, the system utilities menu will be displayed. The message Access
Denied indicates that an incorrect password was used.
The factory-default password may be changed by a service engineer as described
later. If this was done, the password defined above will not allow access to the
system utilities menu.

* APR Editor Allows the APR to be edited. Changes may be saved to memory.

Page 140 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

* APR Backup / Allows the APR data to be backed up, and backed-up APR data to
Restore be restored. The factory-default APR data is available in several
languages.
* Date / Time Allows the date and time to be set or changed.
Setup
* Receptor Allows predefined receptor symbols to be assigned to each image
Symbols receptor button.
* Touch Screen • Allows for the setting of specific console operating
Setup parameters.
• Sets up the serial communication ports on the touch screen
console.
• Allows adjustment of the sound volume.
• Enables / disables compatible equipement (i.e. infimed digital
interface).
• Allows the operator and service passwords to be changed.
* Touch Screen Allows for electrical alignment of the touch sensitive membrane
Calibration with the “buttons” displayed on the touch screen.
* Data Link Prepares the console for communication with an external
computer. This is a service tool intended for use by authorized
service personnel only.
- Main Menu Press to return to the main console menu.

2.1.3.1 APR Editor on Touch Screen

Note: It is strongly suggested that you review the operator manual (2406878-100) before proceeding. A
good understanding of the terminology and APR menu structures is needed to make APR changes.

1.) From the system utilities menu, press APR Editor. A screen similiar in appearance to the
normal operating screen will be displayed as below. However, as a reminder that you are in

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 141


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
APR editor mode, the word APR EDITOR will be displayed in the APR window.

2.) Refer to the applicable subsections for the procedures to change parameters and technique
for existing APR items, and to edit, add, or delete APR, procedural, or menu items.

Note: When a region of interest (i.e. SKULL) is selected, a pop-up menu will appear similar to that in
normal APR mode. In addition to “new” ADD, EDIT, and DELETE buttons, a MOVE UP and
MOVE DOWN button will be displayed.
The MOVE UP and MOVE DOWN buttons allow the items in a menu or submenu to be
rearranged. To do this, select the item to be moved. This will highlight the item. Press MOVE
UP to move the selected item up in the list, and MOVE DOWN to move the selected item down
in the list.

Page 142 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Change parameters or techniques for an existing APR item


1.) Select the APR item to be changed. If the APR item is in a submenu of a menu or procedural
item, select the parent menu item or procedural item, then press Open Submenu. It may be
necessary to drill down through several submenus to find the desired APR item.
2.) When the selected APR item is highlighted, select the patient size. The desired parameters /
technique may be changed for that patient size (radiographic kV, mA, mAs, ms, density, AEC/
mA/ms/mAs, focal spot, film screen, AEC fields, image receptor). Repeat for all patient sizes
for that APR item as required.
3.) Repeat steps a and b for other APR items within that menu or submenu, if applicable.
4.) Press Back when finished changing APR items in that menu / submenu. This may need to be
done more than once to return to the top APR menu for the selected region of interest. A pop-
up window will display asking if you wish to save the changes. Press OK to save the changes;
Cancel cancels the changes.

Note: When editing or adding an APR item, menu item, or procedural item, an English keyboard will
pop up at the bottom of the screen. A partial keyboard with international symbols may be
displayed at the top of the screen. To display the desired international characters, select the
language of your choice from the list near the top right side of the screen. Characters may then
be entered via either keyboard.

Edit (change the name of) an APR item


1.) Select the APR item as per step 1 under “To change parameters or technique for an
existing APR item”. The selection will be highlighted.
2.) Press Edit. Keyboard(s) will display on the screen as described above, with the current name

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 143


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
of the APR item highlighted.
- Press Cancel on the lower keyboard to exit without changing the name.
- Press Delete to delete the highlighted name on the keyboard.
- Type in the new name for that APR item. Use the <- key to back space if corrections are
needed.
- Press ENTER when finished.

Delete an APR item


1.) Select the APR item to be deleted. The selection will be highlighted.
2.) Press Delete. A pop-up window will display asking if you are sure you want to delete this item.
Press OK to delete the item; Cancel cancels the deletion.

Add an APR item


1.) Select the appropriate location to add the APR item. An APR item may be added directly to
a main APR menu, or may be added to a submenu of another menu or procedural item.
If the APR item is to be added to a submenu of a menu or procedural item, select the parent
menu item or procedural item, then press Open Submenu. It may be necessary to drill down
through several submenus to find the desired location for the new APR item.
2.) Press Add. A pop-up window will display allowing you to select three item types to be added.
Select APR Item (this is the default selection, and the only available selection if adding to a
procedural menu).
3.) Press OK to continue. Cancel will cancel this action.
4.) Keyboard(s) will display on the screen as described previously.
- Type in the name of the new APR item.
- Press ENTER when finished.
- The new APR item will appear on the selected menu or submenu.
- Change the parameters and technique as “To change parameters or technique for an
existing APR item”.

Add, edit, or delete a procedural item


1.) To delete a procedural item, follow the steps in “To delete an APR item”. Doing so will also
delete the submenu associated with that procedural item.
2.) To edit a procedural item, follow the steps in “To edit (change the name of) an APR item”.
3.) To add a procedural item, follow steps 1 to 3 in “To add an APR item”, except select APR
Procedure in step 2.
4.) Keyboard(s) will display on the screen as described previously.
- Type in the name of the new procedural item.
- Press ENTER when finished.
- The new procedural item will appear on the selected menu or submenu.
- Select the newly added procedural item. The selection will be highlighted.
- Press Open Submenu. A “generic” APR item named First Item has been automatically
inserted in that submenu.
- You may now edit the name and change the parameters and technique for that APR item,
and add additional APR items for that procedural item as per previous steps.

Page 144 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Add, edit, or delete a menu item


1.) To delete a menu item, follow the steps in “To delete an APR item”. Doing so will also delete
the submenu associated with that menu item.
2.) To edit a menu item, follow the steps in “To edit (change the name of) an APR item”.
3.) To add a menu item, follow steps 1 to 3 in “To add an APR item”, except select APR Sub
Menu in step 2.
4.) Keyboard(s) will display on the screen as described previously.
- Type in the name of the new menu item.
- Press ENTER when finished.
- The new menu item will appear on the selected menu or submenu.
- Select the newly added menu item. The selection will be highlighted.
- Press Open Submenu. A “generic” APR item named First Item has been automatically
inserted in that submenu.
- You may now edit the name and change the parameters and technique for that APR item,
and add additional APR items for that menu item as per previous steps.

2.1.3.2 APR Editor on PC


Click “Start -> Programs -> GenWare Utilities -> Touch Screen APR Editor”.

Creating New APR File

Be aware of the generator and x-ray tube limits when setting the parameters. Failure to do so
may cause a limit error when the edited procedure is chosen on the touch screen.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 145


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
1.) Opening the APR Editor from PC will show an image similar to the one below.

2.) Holding the mouse over any “Item“ will show a pop-up window containing the same information
as in the “Properties“ panel but in a more concise way as shown below.

Page 146 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

3.) Use the APR Data panel on the right hand side of the APR Editor to insert new Menus ( ),
Procedures ( ) and / or Items ( ).
Menu = - can contain other Menus (i.e. SKULL, SINUSES, FACIAL BONES), Procedures
(i.e. SKULL PROC) or Items (i.e. SKULL TOWNES, SKULL LAT).
Procedure = - contains a list of items. Upon selecting the first Item in a Procedure and
completing an exposure the Touch Screen will automatically select the next Item in the list and
so on until the entire list of items under the selected Procedure is exhausted.
Item = - anything contained within Menus and / or Procedures that is not a Menu or a
Procedure (i.e. SKULL TOWNES, SKULL LAT, SKULL BASAL, SKULL ZYGO.ARCH)
4.) To edit an item in the Table of APR click the selected item once, after the appearance of the
pop up window containing all parameters values for the selected item, click again, the item
should be available for editing. (see below)

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 147


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
a.) Click once on the item to edit.

b.) After the pop up info show up click the item again.

c.) Change the item name as desired.

Page 148 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5.) Use the Properties panel on the left hand side of the APR Editor to modify the parameters for
each item and /or procedure.
6.) Select the parameter value to modify on the Properties panel and double click it. A drop down
box will be displayed containing a range of values available for the selected parameter. Notice
that only the items parameters values can be modified. Menus and procedures do not contain
any parameters.
7.) Changing from small to large Focus, for the pediatric size patient of the Skull Townes item.
a.) Select the Skull Townes item.

b.) Double click the parameter to be modified (Focus in our case) and select the desired
value.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 149


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Saving Newly Created APR File


1.) Use the button on the toolbar or File / Save As from the drop down menu to save the new
APR to your desired location on the PC.
2.) After the APR file is saved it can be printed using any text editor on your PC (i.e. use notepad
or word to open the file and print it if desired).
3.) The entire APR file can be viewed using the File / Open In Dialog.... from the drop down menu
(see below).

Page 150 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Edit An Existing APR File


1.) Download the desired APR file from the Touch Screen to the PC.
2.) On the APR Editor click the button on the toolbar or File / Open... from the drop down menu
to open the APR downloaded from the Touch Screen. The file can be edited in the APR Editor
now.

2.1.3.3 APR Backup / Restore


1.) From the system utilities menu, press APR Backup / Restore. A pop-up window will display
showing the available backup files and the factory-default APR files in various languages.
Pressing Close will exit the backup and restore menu.
2.) Refer to the applicable subsections (following) for the procedures to back-up the current APR
data, and to restore saved APR data. The entire APR (parameters and techniques, APR text,
menu structures, etc) is backed up.

Back-up current APR data


1.) Press Backup.
2.) Keyboard(s) will display on the screen as described previously.
- Type in the name of the new backup file.
- Press ENTER when finished. The console will return to the APR backup / restore menu.
- A pop-up window will display indicating that the backup was successful. Press OK to
continue.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 151


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Restore backed-up APR data


1.) Select the APR data file to be restored. The selection will be highlighted.
2.) Press Restore.
3.) After a brief delay, a pop-up window will display indicating that restore was successful. Press
OK.

Delete an APR data file


Note: All the APRs can be deleted except for PS800 APRs.
1.) Select the APR data file to be deleted. The selection will be highlighted.
2.) Press Delete. A pop-up window will display asking if you are sure you want to delete this file.
Press YES to delete the file; NO cancels the deletion.

Restore the factory default APR data


Note: If press Factory Defaults, the APR will restore to CPI defaults, and PS800 APRs will disappear.
So DO NOT press it if possible.
1.) Press Factory Defaults.
2.) After a brief delay, a pop-up window will display indicating that restore was successful. Press
OK.

APR download / Upload


Refer to APR Upload on page 194 in details.

2.1.3.4 Date / Time Setup


1.) From the system utilities menu, press Date / Time Setup. A pop-up window that allows setting

Page 152 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
of the date and time will display.

- Set the year


Press the up or down arrows adjacent to Year to select the desired year. The selected
year will display to the left of the up / down selection buttons.
- Set the month
Press the up or down arrows adjacent to Month to select the desired month. The selected
month will display to the left of the up / down selection buttons.
- Set the date
Press to select the desired date on the calendar that is displayed.
- Set the hour
Press the up or down arrows to the right of Hour to select the desired hour. The selected
hour will display to the left of the up / down selection buttons. This must be selected in 24
hour format, i.e. 2 PM would be entered as hour 14.
- Set the minute
Press the up or down arrows to the right of Minute to select the desired minute. The
selected minute will display to the left of the up / down selection buttons.
The current time will be displayed under Current Time.
2.) Press Apply to apply the current date and time settings without exiting the date and time
menu. Pressing OK will apply the current settings and return to the system utilities menu.
Cancel returns to the system utilities menu without applying changes to the time or date.

2.1.3.5 Receptor Symbols


Note: Receptor symbols are factory configured as below.
Receptor 1: Fluoro + Digital Spot
Receptor 2: Fluoro + DSA
Receptor 3: Under table film exposure

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 153


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Receptor 4: On table cassette film exposure
Receptor 5: Not used
Receptor 6: Not used

1 2 3

4 5 6

The current image receptor symbols may be replaced with predefined symbols chosen from the
receptor symbol library.
Each image receptor button will always select a predefined image receptor (i.e. table Bucky, wall
Bucky, DR, etc.). Before changing the image receptor symbols, it must be clearly understood which
image receptors are selected by each image receptor button. Each image receptor button should
then have a logical and intuitive symbol assigned to that position.
1.) From the system utilities menu, press Receptor Symbols.
2.) A pop-up window will display as above showing the image receptor buttons with the currently
assigned symbols near the right side of the receptor symbols window, and the library of
available receptor symbols near the left side of the window.
3.) Select the image receptor button for which the symbol is to be changed. The receptor numbers
in the figure above correspond to the receptor numbers.
4.) Select an appropriate symbol for the selected receptor from the symbols library..

5.) Press to assign the selected symbol to the selected image receptor button.
6.) Repeat steps 3 and 5 for each image receptor whose symbol is to be changed.
7.) Press OK to continue or CANCEL to return to the system utilities menu without making any
changes. If OK was pressed, a pop-up window will display asking if you wish to save the
changes. Press YES to save the changes. Press NO to return to the system utilities menu;
CANCEL cancels the changes.
8.) To delete unused symbols from the receptor symbols library, select the symbol to be deleted.
The selected symbol will be highlighted.

Page 154 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

- Press .
- A pop-up window will display asking if you wish to delete the selected item. Press YES to
delete the item; NO cancels the deletion.
- DO NOT DELETE SYMBOLS YOU MAY WANT TO USE IN THE FUTURE.

2.1.3.6 Touch Screen Setup


The touch screen setup menu accesses submenus that allow the service engineer to perform the
following functions:
- Enable or disable certain console functions (voice messaging, continuous fluoro tone,
audible generator ready indication, auto power off).
- Set up serial communication port COM 1 on the touch screen console.
- Select the language for operator and error messages and graphics (i.e. on buttons, etc).
- Select the generator type.
- Select the screen saver interval.
- Select the sound volume.
- Select the digital interface type.
- Change the operator and service password.
- Review the console error log.
1.) From the system utilities menu, press Touch Screen Setup.
2.) The touch screen setup window will be displayed. This has four tabs, SETTINGS, FEATURES,
PASSWORDS, and ERROR LOGS that will be discussed in sequence.
The System Code is unique code assigned to each touch screen on which the software is
installed.
The License is a code specifically assigned to each touch screen. This enables options in the
features tab.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 155


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Note: If you order a new touch screen, you will need to get a new License Key from CPI web using
your laptop: http://cpicanadatslic.cpii.com/tslicensekey.aspx according to the system code.
The customer code is “8888“.

Page 156 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Settings

Continuous Sets the audio indicator mode during fluourscopy.


Fluoro Tone The exposure indicator beeps continuously during a fluoro
On( )
exposure, at one-second intervals.
Off The exposure indicator beeps once at the start of a fluoro
exposure, and once when the fluoro exposure ends..
Indicate Enables / disables the audible generator ready sounds (voice and / or
Generator Ready tone).

On( ) A tone will sound when the generator is ready to make an


exposure (while pressing the PREP button, or briefly before
making an exposure while the X-RAY buttong is pressed).
Off A tone will not sound when the generator is ready to make an
exposure. A text message only will be presented.

1.) Program the functions defined in the table above by checking or unchecking the applicable
item.
2.) Program the Digital Port to COM1. This selects the communication port for the optional digital
interface i.e. the InfiMed imaging system.
3.) Program the DAP Port. Use default.
4.) Program the Data Link Port to COM2.
5.) Program the Languages. This selects the language for operator and error messages, and for
text on the buttons, etc. Voice messages may only be availabe in English.
6.) Select the Generator Type as Indico 100.
7.) Set the Screen Saver Interval as OFF. This sets the time from the last activity on the touch
screen until the screen saver is activated.
8.) Set the Sound Volume by dragging the slider to the left (lower) or right (louder). This sets the

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 157


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
loudness of the voice messages and button clicks.
9.) Press OK to continue or CANCEL to return to the system utilities menu without making any
changes. If OK was pressed, a pop-up window will display asking if you wish to save the
changes. Press YES to save the changes. Press NO to return to the system utitlies menu.
CANCEL cancels the changes.

Features

1.) From the touch screen setup window, select FEATURES. Available digital interfaces will be
shown on the screen.
2.) Check GE Hualun Digital Interface to enable the function.
3.) Press OK to continue or CANCEL to return to the system utilities menu without making any
changes. If OK is pressed, a pop-up window will display asking if you wish to save the
changes. Press YES to save the changes. Press NO to return to the system utilities menu;
CANCEL cancels the changes.

Page 158 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Passwords

1.) From the touch screen setup window, select PASSWORDS.


2.) To change the operator password, press the ... button to the right of the top operator password
line. A password window will pop up. Enter the new password.
- Press Clear to cancel an incorrect entry.
- Press Cancel to close the password pop-up window.
- Press Accept to accept the new password.
3.) Repeat the previous step to enter the new password on the second operator password line.
4.) Press OK to continue; CANCEL cancels the changes.
5.) A pop-up window will display asking if you wish to save the changes. Press YES to save the
changes. Press NO to return to the system utilities menu; CANCEL cancels the changes.

Be sure to record the new service password before changing the factory-default password. If
the new password is subsequently lost, consult the factory or re-install the touch screen
software in order to restore the factory-default service password.
6.) To change the service password, press the ... button to the right of the top service password
line. A password window will pop up. Enter the new password.
- Press Clear to cancel an incorrect entry.
- Press Cancel to close the password pop-up window.
- Press Accept to accept the new password.
7.) Repeat the previous step to enter the new password on the second service password line.
8.) Press OK to continue; CANCEL cancels the changes.
9.) A pop-up window will display asking if you wish to save the changes. Press YES to save the
changes. Press NO to return to the system utilities menu; CANCEL cancels the changes.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 159


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Error Logs
The error logs function records console errors only. This screen exists for CPI debugging purposes.
The information recorded will generally be of no value to field-service personnel.

2.1.3.7 Touch Screen Calibration


The touch screen calibration function should be performed if touching the center of the “buttons”
does not activate that function, i.e. if the touch-sensitive area appears displaced from the center of
the corresponding icon.
1.) From the system utilities menu, press Touch Screen Calibration.
2.) A pop-up window will display indicating that in order to complete the calibration, the center of
each target must be pressed. Press OK.
3.) Press CANCEL to exit without performing the calibration.
4.) Press the center of the target at the top left of the screen. This will set up the touch sensitive
area in that quadrant.
5.) Repeat the previous step for the three remaining targets.
6.) A pop-up window will display asking if you wish to accept this calibration. Press YES to accept
the calibration; NO returns to the system utilities menu.
7.) If you pressed YES in the previous step,a pop-up window will display indicating that the touch
screen needs to restart. Press OK to restart the console; CANCEL returns to the system
utilities menu.
8.) When the touch screen console restarts, the touch screen calibration needs to be verified. A
screen indicating Please press the target buttons... will appear. You must press the center
of the target at the top left of the screen, plus the center of the next three targets within 30
seconds.

- If the calibration was done properly, you will be taken to the main menu.

Page 160 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
- If the calibration in steps 4 and 5 was not done properly, it will not be possible to press
the center of the targets in this step. The calibration program will run again, allowing you
to redo the touch screen calibration.

2.1.3.8 Data Link


This is used with CPI GenWare utility software. This allows for data communication with the
workstation in order to download additional tube types, transfer APR data, edit APR text, perform
setup and calibration functions, and for other minor functions. Further documentation is included
with GenWare.

2.2 Recovery
If necessary, do recovery with the recovery disk which includes Operating System, Service
Package, Drivers, GenWare, PCU, and Image Brightness Measure installation softwares.
Suggest recovering system with the recovery disk if necessary.
If you want to intall the softwares respectively, please refer to Precision THUNIS-800+ Restricted
Service Manual (2406879-100).
1.) Insert the recovery disk into the CD-ROM, and close the CD-ROM and reboot the workstation.

2.) When a time counter appears on the left-top corner, press “enter“ key to start the recovery
process. At the same time, there will be a click sound from the PC speaker. If the site uses a
CRT monitor, there will be nothing on the screen, press “enter“ after the click sound.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 161


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

3.) Waiting, after recovery finishes, system will reboot automatically. If the site uses a CRT
monitor, and cannot see anything in the screen, when the click sound appears for the second
time, do nothing until the sound disappears, and boot from the harddisk.

4.) If reboot successfully, the desktop of Windows XP appears.

Page 162 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5.) Enter “Control Panel” in the path “Start -> Settings -> Control Panel“.

6.) Select the third tab in “Regional and Language Options“, and select the compatible language
in the “Select a language to match the language version of the non-Unicode program you want
to use“.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 163


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Example: Spanish (Mexico) in a Mexico site.

2.3 DSA
After system recovery, please install DSA software.

2.3.1 Concept Definition


1.) DSA
DSA is the software that mainly provides the image processing, DICOM protocol data
transference, DICOM protocol image printing, and the patient information database
management.
When system boots up, DSA will auto-run with all the system hotkeys activation.
When leave DSA, windows OS will shuts down automatically.
DSA need installation and registration to the operation system, the mandatory installation
path is D:\dsa.
2.) DSA Activation
The DSA software need registration fee and is protected by the copyright law, so it must
be activate by buying and registering the serial key number for openning the main function
of the software. This function provided in the DSASetup tool, it would be available after
the DSA installed successfully.
3.) DSA Setup and Grab Setup

2.3.2 Uninstallation
English/Chinese version of DSA software is factory installed. You should uninstall the English/
Chinese version, and install the English/Local Language version.

Page 164 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
1.) Close DSA software and quit to window.
2.) Open "Control Panel".

3.) Double-click "Add or Remove Programs".

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 165


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
4.) Select "Phother DSA Digital System 7.10", and click "Remove".

5.) Click “Yes“ to remove.

6.) After remove DSA from control panel, go to regedit to remove DSA completely.
7.) Run “regedit“ from “Start -> Run“.

Page 166 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

8.) Input “regedit“, and then “OK“.

9.) Select the folder in the explorer. Note the path.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 167


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

10.) Right-click “Hrml“, and choose “Delete“.

Page 168 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

11.) Delete the folder D:\dsa by press “shift“ + “del“.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 169


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

12.) DSA uninstallation is completed.

2.3.3 Installation
English/Chinese version of DSA software is factory installed.

Page 170 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
1.) Run setup.exe in E:\setup\DSASetup\, and click "Next".

2.) Accept the terms in the license agreement", and click "Next".

3.) Install, the setup wizard will register the software to OS automatically.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 171


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

4.) Click "Finish".

Page 172 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
2.3.4 Setup and Activation
1.) Double-click "DSASetup" to run it in D:\dsa.

2.) Input the Password in the popup window, and click "OK".

Note: Please refer to Precision THUNIS-800+ Restricted Service Manual (2406879-100) to get the
password.

3.) Input hospital name in the "DSA Config Tool" interface.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 173


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

4.) Input report title in the "DSA Config Tool" interface, and setup password as customer
requirements.

Page 174 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5.) Select one modality. Usually use default. If there is any other products use the modality name
as default in hospital, please change it to another one.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 175


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

6.) Select "Apply DSA" checkbox to activate DSA if ROCKEY has not been activated yet, input
the Serial Number.

Note: If customer order DSA, please get the letter from customer, open it, input the serial number,
and activate DSA.

If DSA is activated before, the serial number of DSA has already stored in the ROCKEY, so
DO NOT click “Apply DSA“ during re-installation.

Page 176 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

7.) Select "Apply DICOM" checkbox to activate DICOM if ROCKEY has not been activated yet,
input the Serial Number..

If DICOM is activated before, the serial number of DICOM has already stored in the ROCKEY,
so DO NOT click “Apply DICOM“ during re-installation.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 177


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

8.) Click "Reversion" to restore the patient database, select the version customer needs and press
"Reversion" in the popup "Database Reversion" dialog, and then, the computer will restart.

Page 178 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
2.3.5 Grab Setup
1.) Double-click "GrabSetup" in D:\dsa.

2.) Input the Password in the popup window, and click "OK".

Note: Please refer to Precision THUNIS-800+ Restricted Service Manual (2406879-100) to get the
password.

3.) Click "Init" to initialize the parameter of the Grabber.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 179


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

4.) Click "OK" to close the error dialog, click "Start". Step the right foot switch to get the frame, and
confirm there is an image.

5.) Click “Stop“ and then “Exit“ to finish the configuration.

Page 180 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
6.) After DSA parameters setup, copy "RunDsa.exe" in D:\dsa.

7.) Paste the “RunDsa.exe“ to C:\Documents and


Settings\Administrator.THTFCOMPUTER.001\Start Menu\Programs\Startup.

8.) Re-start the computer. If DSA software is auto log on, the configuration is completed.
Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 181
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
2.3.6 Configure DSA / DICOM Function Environment Parameters
1.) Run dsa.exe in D:\dsa. The main interface will be full of the screen. Supposing that there is a
patient and image series, click "DCM Store".

2.) Input all the correct information of the PACS server supplied by hospital in the "Dcm Store
SCU" popup window, and then, click "Verify" to test the network connection.

Page 182 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

3.) "Verification Success" dialog will popup in several seconds if the information is correct, That
means PACS server information has been configured now. Click "OK" to close it.

4.) Click "DCM Print".

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 183


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5.) Click "Setup Print Parameters" in the popup window.

6.) Input the service password in the popup dialog as you set before.

Page 184 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

7.) The "Settings" window will popup. Set the parameters as operators requirements in “Print
Scheme Setup“ tab.

8.) Input all the correct information of the DICOM Printer supplied by hospital in the "Server Setup"

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 185


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
tab, and then, click "Verify" to test the network connection. If the connection is ok, select the
"Add as Default" checkbox, click "add" to add the printer. And then, the DICOM printer
configuration is finished.

9.) Click "Patient management".

Page 186 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

10.) Click "WorkList" in the popup "Patient Registration" window.

11.) Input all the correct information of the DICOM Printer supplied by hospital in "WorkList SCU",
and then, click "Verify". If the information is correct, the connection successful information

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 187


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
dialog will popup in several seconds, and then, the worklist server configuration is finished.

2.3.7 Exit DSA


When system power up, DSA will auto log on, Windows XP system functions are locked. If exit DSA
software, the computer will auto power off.
If necessary to resume Windows XP system functions to carry out relevant maintenance, refer to
Precision THUNIS-800+ Restricted Service Manual (2406879-100).
After maintenance is finished, remember to re-lock the system.

2.3.8 The ROCKEY driver installation


Note: Rockey driver installation is only using after recover the whole windows XP system.
If you just re-install DSA and have installed rockey driver before, ignore this section.
Go to D:\dsa\Rockey\ and run “InstDrv“, install and setup the parameter as default.

Page 188 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 189


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2.4 Software Backup / Restore


Factory configured parameters are stored in D:\Service Tools\. Restore the parameters if
necessary.

2.4.1 Generator Parameters Backup / Restore


Factory configured parameters are saved as PS800_generator_VXX.gen.
Example: PS800_generator_V01.gen.
1.) Click “Start -> Programs -> GenWare Utilities -> GenWare Generator Utilities” to run GenWare
Generator Utilities.
2.) Backup generator parameters.
a.) Click “Utility -> Backup Generator to File”.

b.) Select the location you prefer to save the backups, give a name (such as “Generator
Parameters“), and then, click “Save“. Sugget to save the backup file to D:\Service Tools\.

Page 190 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

3.) Restore generator parameters.


Note: Generator parameters must be restored after resetting to factory.
a.) Click “Utility -> Restore Generator from File”.

b.) Restore the factory configured backed-up file from D:\Service Tools\.
Note: Check the settings after downloading the parameters as below.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 191


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
I.) Setup -> Tube Selection

A196

RAD14

II.) Setup -> Generator Limits

2.4.2 PCU Parameters Backup / Restore


Factory configured parameters are saved as PS800_PCU_VXX.bin.
Example: PS800_PCU_V01.bin.

Page 192 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
1.) Click “Start -> Programs -> TH8740_122 -> TTT_TH8740” to run PCU.

PCU parameters download / upload procedure

2.) Backup PCU parameters.


a.) Click “Save Factory” button. Select the location you prefer to save the backups, give a
name (such as “PCU parameters“), and then, click “Save“. Sugget to save the backup file
to D:\Service Tools\.
b.) Click “Get Factory“ button.
3.) Restore PCU parameters.
a.) Click “Set Factory” button.
b.) Restore the factory configured backed-up file from D:\Service Tools\.
c.) Click “Restore Factory“ to set parameters to current setting.
d.) Reset PCU.
Note: Check the Gamma settings after downloading the parameters as below.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 193


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

2.4.3 APR Upload


1.) Insert the Service Tool Disk into your CD-ROM, and connect the USB flash disk to your USB
port of the computer.
2.) Copy all the APR files to the root directory of the USB flash disk.
3.) Connect a USB flash disk to USBA or USBB on the back of the touch screen console.
4.) From the system utilities menu, press APR Backup / Restore. A pop-up window as following
will be displayed on the screen.

Page 194 Section 2.0 - Softwares


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

5.) Press the button , a new pop-up window displays as following.

6.) To upload an APR file from a USB flash disk to the touch screen select the desired file (ex.

PS800+English-V01.apr) from the USB Device window and press . Once the file is
copied successfully, it will appear in the Touch Screen window of the USB File Transfer Utility.
7.) Using this way, upload all APRs to touch screen.
8.) When finished, press Close to exit to window "APR Backup and Restore".
9.) Delete the original APRs of touch screen. Such as "ENGLISH.APR"
10.) Restore "PS800+English.apr" as current APR.
11.) When finished, press Close to exit and go to main screen.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 195


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3.0
Image
3.1 Tube Conditioning / Seasoning
Tube conditioning or “seasoning” is particularly important for new tubes or tubes that have not been
used for several days. This should be performed on each X-ray tube before attempting auto
calibration, as an unseasoned tube may not operate properly at higher kV values without arcing.
Note: Close the collimator blades and put a folded Lead Apron on the table-top to protect I.I tube.
Select “Receptor 3“ or “Receptor 4“ before tube conditioning / seasoning.

3.1.1 Overview
The generator does X-ray tube auto calibration at 50 kV, 60 kV, 70 kV, 80 kV, 100 kV and 120 kV.
The tube normally needs to be seasoned before it can be operated at the higher voltages
encountered during auto calibration.
Tube seasoning is started by auto calibrating the kV stations up to and including part of the 70 kV
station. The tube is then seasoned at 70 kV. Progressively higher kV stations are then auto
calibrated and seasoned. Finally the entire kV and mA range is auto calibrated, then the tube is
seasoned at the remaining high kV values.
Manually releasing the exposure button during auto calibration of a particular kV station in the
following procedure prevents the generator from attempting operation beyond that kV/mA value.
Note: Low speed only exposures are recommended for the seasoning exposures , to prevent excessive
hear build-up in the housing from the stator windings or the rotor bearings.

3.1.2 Procedure
Note: X-ray tube seasoning should be done on LARGE focus in order to minimize tube wear. And then,
SMALL focus.
1.) Run Genware Generator Utilities software, and open Setup -> Auto Tube Calibration.

2.) Do the calibration of LARGE focus at first.

Page 196 Section 3.0 - Image


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Note: The procedure below is intended for seasoning an X-ray tube prior to attempting tube auto
calibration. To season a tube that does not need to be calibrated, simply follow steps b, d, f, h,
and i.
a.) Start the tube auto calibration sequence , and manually terminate the exposure at 70
kV and 250 mA.
b.) Season the tube at 70 kV by taking approximately 10 exposures of 200 mA and 100
ms. These exposures should be taken at the rate of approximately one every 15 seconds.
c.) Restart the auto calibration sequence and manually terminate the exposure at 100 kV
and 250 mA.
d.) Season the tube at 100 kV by taking approximately 5 exposures of 200 mA and 100 ms.
These exposures should be taken at the rate of approximately one every 15 seconds
e.) Restart the auto calibration sequence and manually terminate the exposure at 120 kV and
160 mA.
f.) Season the tube at 120 kV by taking approximately 5 exposures of 160 mA and 100 ms.
These exposures should be taken at the rate of approximately one every 15 seconds.
g.) Restart the auto calibration sequence and allow the auto calibration sequence to
complete.
h.) Season the tube at 130 kV by taking approximately 5 exposures of 100 mA and 50 ms.
These exposures should be taken at the rate of approximately one every 15 seconds.
i.) Repeat step 8 at 140 kV, and then at 145 kV.
3.) Do the calibration of SMALL focus by repeating the above steps.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 197


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

3.2 ABC
Note: For the details, refer to in Class M Service Manual (2406879-100).

3.2.1 ABC Loop Introduction


Figure below shows the ABC loop of Precision THUNIS-800+. PCU use the average signal level
into pre-set ROI to elaborate the ABC signal and output it through J4. This signal is sent to J8 of
CPI gen I/F board to control generator. J8 is a BNC connector.

PCU
Generator
J8
Gen I/F bd
J4 Co-axis cable

3.2.2 ABC Calibration Overview


There are mainly 3 steps to do ABC calibration.
1.) Set pre-defined dose.
This step is to get pre-defined Dose rate under pre-defined phantom and exposure
parameters.
2.) Calibrate PCU setting.
This step is to adjust Optics Iris, Neutral density filter, and CCD setting through PCU control
software. The purpose is to get proper brightness image under pre-defined Dose rate.
3.) Calibrate generator setting.
This step is to adjust generator settings. The purpose is to get required fluoro kV and mA for
specified thickness phantom.

Page 198 Section 3.0 - Image


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.3 AEC
Note: For the details, refer to in Class M Service Manual (2406879-100).

3.3.1 AEC Overview


There are mainly 2 steps to do AEC calibration.
1.) Calibrate generator setting to get pre-defined dose.
This step is to get required dose for specified phantom.
2.) Calibrate PCU setting.
This step is to get proper image brightness under required dose.

3.3.2 Preliminary AEC setup


1.) Before AEC calibration, make sure the PCU parameter have been downloaded.
Make sure the fluoro kV to Rad kV curves and AEC setup parameter have been set in
generator. It means the Generator parameter has been downloaded to generator.
Make sure the system pass Exposure accuracy test and X-Ray alignment test.
2.) Check that the AEC cable is correctly connected. This cable shall be connected to J2 of Thales
image chain Photodiode board and AEC board on generator. As shown below.

AEC Channel 1
AEC Channel 2

3.) Place 15cm Plexiglas on positioner table, make sure it cover the FOV.
4.) Power up system, and ready for digital spot.
Note: If the digital spot or DSA exposure technique shall be adjusted, a simpler way is to adjust the
density value on touch screen.
The density value can be set to: +5, +4, +3, +2, +1, 0, -1, -2, -3, -4, -5.
Set density to a value > 0 will increase exposure time in AEC mode.
Set density to a value < 0 will decrease exposure time in AEC mode.

Chapter 4 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 199


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4.0
Network
4.1 DICOM Configuration
Please refer to step 7 in Setup and Activation on page 173.

4.2 DSA Activation


Please refer to step 6 in Setup and Activation on page 173.

Page 200 Section 4.0 - Network


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 5 - Theory of Operation

Section 1.0
Positioner Table
1.1 Main Function

1.1.1 Table Movement


• Tilting;
• Tube arm up and down;
• Table top left and right;
• Compressor up and down movement.

1.1.2 Exposure Management


Communicate with console TDSP board to achieve exposure management.

1.2 Architecture
Refer to Digital System Table Schematics on page 289.

1.2.1 Kernel Board


Logic control assembly:
• Logic IO board;
• X-ray control board;
• Motor relay board.

Chapter 5 - Theory of Operation Page 201


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
1.2.2 Block Diagram

Trigger Signal

Logic board

Logic Calculation

X-ray control Motor relay


board board
Movement
drive
Frequency
1 phase
inverter
motor
Collimator Communicate with (3 phase motor)
blade TDSP board Tilting movement Table top left&right
close/open and Tube Arm and Compressor
up&down movement up&down movement

Trigger signal, such as limit switch, console joystick, table side button, footswitch and so on, input
to Logic Board. After logic calculation by Logic Board, signal will output to X-ray Control Board and
Motor Relay Board.
X-ray Control Board will achieve collimator blade close/open and communicate with TDSP Board.
Motor Relay Board will drive four movements. Tilting movement and Tube arm up&down movement
are drived by Frequency Inverter (3 phase motor); Table top left&right movement and Compressor
up&down movement are drived by 1 phase motor.

Page 202 Section 1.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Section 2.0
Generator
Please see the details in CPI Service Manual.

Section 3.0
PDU
3.1 Fuction
Power supply to all subsystems include integrated console, positioner table, tube fun, and
generator.
• 220VAC for console;
• 220VAC and 110VAC for positioner table;
• 220VAC for tube fun;
• 380VAC/400VAC for generator.

3.2 Architecture
Refer to Digital System PDU Schematics on page 294.

3.3 Block Diagram

Console

220VAC
Positioner table

Tube fun
380VAC/400VAC Isolation transformer
Console

110VAC
Positioner table

Tube fun

Generator

Chapter 5 - Theory of Operation Page 203


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4.0
Integrated Console
4.1 Function

4.1.1 Power Supply


- 220VAC monitor (workstation);
- 24VDC PCU console IF and Image Intensifier (I.I.);
- +/-12VDC TDSP board and intercom;
- 5VDC console interface.

4.1.2 Intercom
- Console Mic to table speaker;
- Table Mic to Console speaker.

4.1.3 System Interface


- Generator room interface;
- PCU realtime control interface;
- TDSP interface;
- Window Wide(WW) / Window Level(WL) adjustment interface;
- CPI touchscreen PS232 communication
- I.I. control interface

4.2 Architecture
Refer to Digital System Console Schematics on page 296.

4.2.1 Kernel Board


- TDSP board
- Console interface board
- Intercom board

Page 204 Section 4.0 - Integrated Console


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
4.2.2 Block Diagram

TDSP board
WW/WL adjustment interface
Touchscreen parameter
techspot X-ray on
signal

Console interface

PCU realtime
Digital box
control
realtime interface
I.I
Generator room interface

Chapter 5 - Theory of Operation Page 205


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5.0
Image Chain
5.1 Main Feature
• Video output.
• Real time image processing with flexible setting.
• Various CCD operating modes up to 1000x1000 pixels/30 frames per second.
• Internal or external synchronization.
• Defective pixel correction.
• Motorized iris and neutral density filter.
• Light measurement path for Automatic Exposure Control.

5.2 Theory of Operation


X-ray, which reach Image Intensifier entrance, is converted to visible light by image intensifier and
output to lens.
The image, which focus at input screen of CCD camera, is then converted to electrical signal by
CCD camera. After transmitted to a specified circuit board called PCU, electrical image signal is
processed in PCU and output to monitor for final display.

Page 206 Section 5.0 - Image Chain


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
5.3 Block Diagram

XRII:TH9428 HP2

Optics
Compact Camera control
lens head board
X-rays TH 8740-020

Light
measurement
HVPS: TH 7195-3 path
Processing
and Control
Unit

24 VDC photodiode Interface with the PCU:


and control for Camera operating modes control
magnification control AEC Image processing control
ABC
Analog video
Digital video
24 VDC

EQUIPMENT

Delivered parts Non-delivered parts

Chapter 5 - Theory of Operation Page 207


Page 208
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS

PDB
OCB
LVDS / 1Kx1Kx12bit LVDSÆCamera link

DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7


CCD PCU Image Convert Bd

I.I
Optics
Tube PCI/ Frame Grabber

Grid
Console IF board PCI/ 1750 card

Digital BOX
FootSW and Spot signal

Section 5.0 - Image Chain


Display card

Monitor
PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Section 6.0
Digital Box
The Precision THUNIS-800+ digital box mainly consists of digital Imaging workstation, a control
interface board, and image frame grabber.
An analog electrical signal is obtained when the X-ray penetrates through human tissue and passes
by the image intensifier and TV camera. Such a signal is output to D.I.W where it is amplified, and
then digitized at a high speed by image frame grabber. In order to real-time display and acquire
images, the system is required to configue a high-performance and high-speed PC system,
including digital image processing unit, analog video-frequency logarithm transformation, and
image frame grabber.
The control interface board functions to guarantee the synchronization between X-ray machine’s
exposure and image acquisition so as to complete the digital spot.
The digital fluoroscopy and digital abstraction function of the system can easily be used to guide
the direction of cathetherization in the process of intervention.
The digital subtraction means to subtract normal-structure images of angiography and only display
blood vessel images. Therefore, besides the after-angiography images, the normal-structure
images before angiography are also needed.
Image output modes include image printing, image recording, and laser photography etc. Printing
is mainly used for preparing a clinic report. The printed image can only be used for reference owing
to the restriction of paper and printer. Disc recording may be used for long-term image storage and
resource sharing. The output interface of laser camera is in accordance with DICOM3 standard,
which is convenient for connection to PACS or HIS.

Chapter 5 - Theory of Operation Page 209


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 210 Section 6.0 - Digital Box


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting

Section 1.0 Positioner Table


1.1 Digital System

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Page 211


Page 212
1.1.1
Check Relay Bd J2, Pin 1-

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
Table Top Move >2, or 1->3 is 220 VAC Y Check Motor Y Change Motor or
Function Disable When Joystick or Table Cable capacitor
Table Movement
Side Button
Function Disable
N
N

Run Positioner Re-connect Cable

DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7


Change Motor Relay
Diagnostic Program
Board
on Control TDSP Bd

Check Moving Indicate


Y Check Relay Bd J3, Pin 1- Y
Code “DXXX”. Is it Charged Y Check Motor Cable or
Compressor >2, or 1 ->3 is 110 VAC Change Motor
When Joystick or Table Mechanical Assembly
When Joystick’s Moving
Side Button Activated?
Table Movement Function Disable

N N

Re-connect Cable or
Check Console Joystick or Table Re-assemble
Check Joystick or Table
N Side Button Input “BXXX” or Mechanical Part
Side Button Connection
“CXXX”. Is it charged when
of Change
Joystick or Table Side Button is
Corresponding Ones
Activated?

Section 1.0 - Positioner Table


Y

Y Check Frequency Inverter N The BOP Display N N


Check I/O Input
Tilting Arm Error Codes are FXXX or is + 50 Hz or - 50
Cable is OK?
AXXX Hz

Check Limit Switch Status


Y
“AXXX”. Is it OK of the Limit Y
Switch Indication

Check Power or Cable Y


Connection. Power Up OK
again, is OK?
Adjust Corresponding
Limit Switch Basing
on Code Indication N

Change Inverter
PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
1.1.2 Tube Fan Not Work

Tube Fan Not Work

PDU Fan Switch N


Close
CB7 Closed?

Output 220V is N Check PDU


Correct? Transformer

Cable N
Change Cable
Connected?

Change Tube Fan

END

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Page 213


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
1.1.3 Anode Not Work
Anode Not Work

Press Exposure

Have Error Y Perform as Error


Codes? Codes

Restore GenWare
Factory
Configuration

Page 214 Section 1.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
1.1.4 Collimator Lamp Not Light Up
Collimator Lamp Not
Light Up

No Lights on either
N Change the Lamp
Console Side or Remote
Switch
Control?

PDU Power Y Table Transformer Output Y


Change the Lamp
Output is AC110V is 12 VAC?

N
N

Check PDU
Change Transformer

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Page 215


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
1.1.5 Collimator Movement Issue
Collimator Not Move,
Unilaterally Move, Move in
Wrong Direction

Whether X-ray Control N Whether Switch Power N Change Switch


Board Voltage is +/-15V Output is DC+/-15V Power

Cables of X-ray Control N Connect/Change


Board Connected/Works? Cable

Change X-ray Control


Board

Page 216 Section 1.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
1.1.6 FOV Indication Error
FOV Indication Error

Calibrate Collimator by
Refer to Collimator Y
Calibration, No FOV
Indication Error?

Adjust Indication Knob Y


based on X-ray FOV, No END
FOV Indication Error?

Adjust Collimator Blades, Y


No FOV Indication Error?

Change Collimator

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Page 217


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
1.2 Diagnostic Program

1.2.1 Process
1.) In “Remote“ console control state, press “Film clear“, “ID No. Set+“ and “Film No. Set+“ button
together.
2.) Check the 4 Remain indicator state. Normal--”OFF”, Diagnose--”ON”.
3.) Press “ID No. Set-“ or “ID No. Set+“ button to switch IO monitor contents.
4.) Press “Film clear“, “ID No. Set+“ and “Film No. Set+“ buttons together again. Turn back to
diagnostic program.

1.2.2 7 Seg LED Display Rule


4 bit signal of SEG is the HEX Binary-Coded data.
7 seg LED Signal Name Value
SEG1 bit3 ~ bit0 Limit_sw<11..0> “A“=”1010”
SEG2 bit3 Compress_limit_sw “1“@>compressor up limit
bit2 UD_range_sw “1“@>Tube UD range
bit1 Down_limit_sw “1“@Tube Down limit
bit0 Up_limit_sw “1“@Tube Up limit
SEG3 bit3 Right_limit_sw “1“@Top Right limit
bit2 Left_limit_sw “1“@Top Left limit
bit1 Reverse_degree_sw “1“@<-18 degree (Tube auto protect
position)
bit0 Vertical_over_sw “1“@>90 degree detent
SEG4 bit3 Incline_over_sw “1“@<-30 degree detent
bit2 Incline_stop_sw “1“@=-30 degree detent
bit1 Level_stop_sw “1“@<=0 degree detent
bit0 Vertival_stop_sw “1“@=90 degree detent

SEG1 bit3 ~ bit0 Console_sw<11..0> “B“=”1011”


SEG2 bit3 Xray_Console_sw “1“@Press spot switch
bit2 Foot_Console_sw “1“@Press Fluoro Pedal
bit1 Com_down_Console_sw “1“@Compressor stick down
bit0 Com_up_Console_sw “1“@Compressor stick up
SEG3 bit3 Spare_Console_sw N/A
bit2 Right_Console_sw “1“@Joy stick right
bit1 Left_Console_sw “1“@Joy stick left
bit0 Down_Console_sw “1“@Joy stick down
SEG4 bit3 Up_Console_sw “1“@Joy stick up
bit2 FallInv_Console_sw “1“@Tilting stick fall and inv switch
bit1 Fall_Console_sw “1“@Tilting stick fall
bit0 Rise_Console_sw “1“@Tilting stick rise

Page 218 Section 1.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

SEG1 bit3 ~ bit0 Table_side_sw<11..0> “C“=”1100”


SEG2 bit3 Xray_IRC_sw “1“@InRoom Spot switch
bit2 Foot_IRC_sw “1“@InRoom Fluoro Pedal
bit1 Com_down_IRC_sw “1“@InRoom Compressor stick down
bit0 Com_up_IRC_sw “1“@InRoom Compressor stick up
SEG3 bit3 Emergency_CPLD “1“@Emergency State
bit2 Right_Side_sw “1“@Table side right button
bit1 Left_Side_sw “1“@Table side left button
bit0 Down_Side_sw “1“@Table side down button
SEG4 bit3 Up_Side_sw “1“@Table side up button
bit2 FallInv_Side_sw “1“@Table side Fall Inv button
bit1 Fall_Side_sw “1“@Table side Fall button
bit0 Rise_Side_sw “1“@Table side Rise button

SEG1 bit3 ~ bit0 Movement Signal “D“=”1101”


SEG2 bit3 Compress_Up “1“@Compressor Up movement
bit2 Compress_Down “1“@Compressor Down movement
bit1 Top_Right “1“@Tabletop Right
bit0 Top_Left “1“@InRoom Compressor stick up
SEG3 bit3 Tube_ivt_DO “1“@Tube inverter DO
bit2 Tube_Spare “0“
bit1 Tube_Fall “1“@Tube Down
bit0 Tube_Rise “1“@Tube Up or Down
SEG4 bit3 Tilt_ivt_DO “1“@Tilt inverter DO
bit2 Tilt_Spare “0“
bit1 Tilt_Fall “1“@Tilt Fall
bit0 Tilt_Rise “1“@Tilt Rise or Fall

SEG1 bit3 ~ bit0 “E“=”1110”


SEG2 bit3 Spare_Tower_sw “1“
bit2 Compress_limit1_sw “1“
bit1 Cassette1_in_sw “1“
bit0 Cassette_in_sw “0“@Cassette Mask Not inserting
SEG3 bit3 ~ bit0 Collimator<7..4> Collimator control state
SEG4 bit3 ~ bit0 Collimator<3..0>
“0000“,”1001”@Local control or Colli-
mator Operator control
“0001“,”0010”@Manual Control
“0001“,”0101”@Semi Auto Control and
Spot ON

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Page 219


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
“0010“,”1101”@Auto Control and Spot
ON

SEG1 bit3 ~ bit0 “F“=”1111”


SEG2 bit3 ~ bit0 “0“ & dip_sw<6..4> SW1<bit3 ~ bit1>
SEG3 bit3 ~ bit0 Dip_sw<3..0> SW1<bit4 ~ bit1>
SEG4 bit3 ~ bit0 From_SFD<3..0> “0000“

Please refer to following example:


A 7 seg LEDs display “AA02“.
That is SEG1=Ah, SEG2=Ah=1010b, SEG3=0h=0000b, SEG4=2h=0010b
SEG1: A

SEG2:A
bit3:1 bit2:0 bit1:1 bit0:0
limit_sw(11) limit_sw(10) limit_sw(9) limit_sw(8)
Compress_limit_sw UD_range_sw Down_limit_sw Up_limit_sw
“1“@>Compressor up “0“@<Tube UD range “1“@Tube down limit “0“@Tube up not limit
limit

SEG3:0
bit3:0 bit2:0 bit1:0 bit0:0
limit_sw(7) limit_sw(6) limit_sw(5) limit_sw(4)
Right_limit_sw Left_limit_sw Reverse_degree_sw Vertical_over_sw
“0“@Top Right not limit “0“@Top Left not limit “0“@>-18 degree “0“@<90 detent

SEG4:2
bit3:0 bit2:0 bit1:1 bit0:0
limit_sw(3) limit_sw(2) limit_sw(1) limit_sw(0)
Incline_over_sw Incline_stop_sw Level_stop_sw Vertical_stop_sw
“0“@>-30 detent “0“@>-30 detent “1“@<=0 detent “0“@<90 detent

Result:
1.) It shows limit switch states.
2.) Compressor is at the Up limit position. And the Tube arm is at the Down limit position.
3.) Tabletop isn’t at limit position, and it is at >-18 degree.
4.) Tabletop is at <=0 degree detent position.

Page 220 Section 1.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
1.3 Inverter BOP Function and Display Message

1.3.1 BOP

1.3.1.1 Buttons and their Functions

Panel / Button Function Effects


Indicates The LCD displays the settings currently used by the con-
verter.
Status

Start Pressing the button starts the converter. This button is dis-
converter abled by default.
Activate the button: P0700 = 1 or P0719 = 10 ... 15
Stop OFF1 Pressing the button causes the motor to come to a
converter standstill at the selected ramp down rate. This button is
disabled by default.
Activate the button: P0700 = 1 or P0719 = 10 ... 15
OFF2 Pressing the button twice (or once long) causes the
motor to coast to a standstill.
This function is always enabled.
Change Press this button to change the direction of rotation of the
direction motor. Reverse is indicated by a minus (-) sign or a flashing
decimal point. Disabled by default.
Activate the button: P0700 = 1 or P0719 = 10 ... 15.
Jog motor In the "Ready to power-on" state, when this key is pressed,
the motor starts and rotates with the pre-set jog frequency.
The motor stops when the button is released. Pressing this
button when the motor is running has no effect.

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Page 221


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Functions This button can be used to view additional information.


It works by pressing and holding the button. It shows the fol-
lowing, starting from any parameter during operation:
1. DC link voltage (indicated by d – units V)
2. output frequency (Hz)
3. output voltage (indicated by o – units V).
4. The value selected in P0005 (If P0005 is set to show any of
the above (1 - 3) then this will not be shown again).
Additional presses will toggle around the above displays.
Jump Function
From any parameter (rxxxx or Pxxxx) a short press of the Fn
button will immediately jump to r0000, you can then change
another parameter, if required. Upon returning to r0000,
pressing the Fn button will return you to your starting point.
Acknowledgement
If alarm and fault messages are present, then these can be
acknowledged by pressing key Fn.
Access Pressing this button allows access to the parameters.
parameters
Increase Pressing this button increases the displayed value.
value
Decrease Pressing this button decreases the displayed value.
value

1.3.1.2 Changing Parameters using as an example P0003 "Access Level"

Step Result on Display


1
Press to access parameters

2
Press until P0003 is displayed

3
Press to access the parameter value level

4
Press or to the required value (example:
3)
5
Press to confirm and store the value

Page 222 Section 1.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
6 Now access level 3 is set and all level 1 to level 3 parameters are visible to the
user.

1.3.1.3 Cloning Parameters with the BOP


A single parameter set can be uploaded from an inverter SINAMICS G110 and then downloaded
into another SINAMICS G110 inverter. To clone a parameter set from one inverter to another, the
following procedure should be performed:
Upload (SINAMICS G110 ----> BOP)
1.) Connect the BOP to the inverter SINAMICS G110 whose parameters you wish to copy.
2.) Ensure that it is safe to stop the inverter.
3.) Stop the inverter.
4.) Set parameter P0003 to 3.
5.) Set parameter P0010 to 30 to enter Cloning Mode.
6.) Set parameter P0802 to 1 to strat the upload from the Inverter to the BOP.
7.) During the upload BUSY will be displayed.
8.) The BOP and the inverter will not react to any commands during upload.
9.) If the upload has been completed successfully, the BOP display will return to normal and the
inverter will return to a ready state.
10.) If the upload has failed:
Attempt another upload:
11.) The BOP can now be removed from the inverter.
Download (BOP SINAMICS --->G110)
1.) 1. Connect the BOP to the SINAMICS G110 inverter, in which the parameter set is to be down
loaded.
2.) Ensure power is applied to the inverter.
3.) Set parameter P0003 to 3.
4.) Set parameter P0010 to 30 to enter Cloning Mode.
5.) Set parameter P0803 to 1 to start the download from the BOP to the inverter.
6.) During the download BUSY will be displayed.
7.) During download the BOP and the inverter will not react to any commandsduring download.
8.) If the download has been completed successfully, the BOP display will return to normal and
the inverter will return to a ready state.
9.) If the download has failed:
Attempt another download or perform a factory reset.
10.) The BOP can now be removed from the inverter.

Note: The following important restrictions should be considered when using the Cloning procedure:
- Only the current dataset is uploaded to the BOP.
- Once the cloning procedure has started, it cannot be interrupted.
- It is possible to copy data from inverters of different power and voltage ratings.
- During download, if the data is not compatible with the inverter, the default
- values for the parameter will be written to the inverter.
- During the cloning process any data already held by the BOP is overwritten.
- If the download or upload of data fails, the inverter will not function correctly.

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Page 223


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
1.3.2 Displays and Messages

1.3.2.1 LED Status Display

LED Meaning Position


100 ms On / 100 Fault Condition LED
ms Off
LED On steadily Inverter Running
500 ms On / 200 General Warning
ms Off
100 ms On / 100 Fault Condition
ms Off

1.3.2.2 Fault Messages and Alarm Messages

Fault Significance
F0001 Overcurrent
F0002 Overvoltage
F0003 Undervoltage
F0004 Inverter Overtemperature
F0005 Inverter I2t
F0011 Motor Overtemperature I2
F0051 Parameter EEPROM Fault
F0052 Powerstack Fault
F0060 Asic Timeout
F0072 No Data from USS (RS485 link) during
Telegram Off Time
F0085 External Fault

Alarms Significance
A0501 Current Limit
A0502 Overvoltage limit
A0503 Undervoltage Limit
A0505 Inverter I2
A0511 Motor Overtemperature I2
A0910 Vdc-max controller de-activated
A0911 Vdc-max controller active
A0920 ADC parameters not set proerly

Page 224 Section 1.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Section 2.0
Generator
The Indico 100 console will display status messages on the LCD display during normal and
abnormal operation of the generator. This chapter contains tables of those messages and suggests
actions to be taken by service personnel to correct any malfunctions that may occur.
Please refer to the error messages in CPI Service Manual.

Generator I/F Board


DS1 OFF

PDU Output N
Refer to PDU Check
Normally?

Generator 3 Main N
Change Fuses
Fuses Work

N Check AC Mains
3 Phase Power
Power Supply from
Works Normally
Hospital

Check 24 VDC Supply N Check Generator


on Generator Room
Transformer
I/F Board

Refer to Generator
Indication LEDs in
Generator Service
Manual

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Page 225


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3.0
PDU

PDU Power Indication


Lamp “L1” OFF

Whether have N
Power Up again
Main Power Input

N
CB1 Closed? Close CB1

N
CB2 Closed? Close CB2

Fuse F1 Works N
Change Fuse F1
Normally?

Whether the N Check Cables and


Voltage J3 (2, 3) is
Trasformer
110VAC

Change Indication
Lamp

END

Page 226 Section 3.0 - PDU


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4.0
Integrated Console
4.1 Intercom Trouble

4.1.1 Voice from Table Speaker


No voice from table speaker

turn up volume,
still no voice?

console
Mic cable and N
Re-connect or change cable
table speaker
cable Ok?

footswitch N
Change footswitch
Ok?

intercom board N Change intercom board power cable


power cable Ok?

Change intercom
board

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Page 227


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
4.1.2 Voice from Console Speaker

No voice from console speaker

turn up volume,
still no voice?

table Mic
cable and table N
Re-connect or change cable
speaker cable
Ok?

intercom board N Change intercom board power cable


power cable Ok?

Change intercom
board

Page 228 Section 4.0 - Integrated Console


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
4.2 Console I/F Board

Console I/F Board

Power-Up N N
Console Fuse
Indication LED Change
Works?
Light

Y Y

PDU Output N
Circular LED
Breaker CB6 Close
Flash
Closed?

Cable N Change Console


Connected? Power-In Cable

Change I/F Board

END

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Page 229


4.3

Page 230
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
Console Light is Abnormal

DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7


No Code Display Display Miscode
Console Light Abnormal

N Check Console I/F


Power Supply PS1 Remote Control N Table Moving N Change Table Logic I/
Bd +12VDC
Check Function Normal? Function OK? O Board
Output is Normal

Y Y Y

Section 4.0 - Integrated Console


Cable CN333 Change X-ray Control
Change CN333 Cable Power-Up again
Connected? Board

N
Change TDSP Bd Display “0000” Change TDSP Board

OK
PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
4.4
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
Emergency Fault

DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7


Emergency Fault
Press Emergency Button, N Buttons and It’s Cables are Y Change Table Logic I/
Emergency LED Light up? OK? O Bd

Y N Change Button or
Cable

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting
N
Check A2-RY1 Relay is OK? Change Relay

Check Cable
PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Page 231
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
4.5 Remote Function Fault

Remote Function
Fault

Other Button “ON”, TDSP


Y
Bd Display and Function is Change TDSP Bd
OK?

Y Check DIP Switch on Table Y


Only Table Side Buttons
Logic I/O Bd is Change I/O Bd
Light up?
“0000””0000”

N N
Reset DIP Swtich

Check TDSP Joystick and


Y Change X-ray Control
Table Side Buttons Moving
Bd
Control Function is OK?

Change Logic I/O Bd

Page 232 Section 4.0 - Integrated Console


4.6
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
Touch Screen No Display
Touch Screen Buttons Not
Work

DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7


Y Whether Generator Room N Y
Refer to Generator Touch Screen Power Touch Screen OK
I/F Board Voltage is 220
Touch Screen Issue
Troubleshooting Indication LED Lights Up Calibrated?
VAC

N
Y

Y Power Up System N Re-install Touch Screen Y


OK Again Software with Recovery CD

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting
Change Touch
Screen
PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Page 233
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5.0
Image Chain (I.C.)

Trouble Action
No fluoro image displayed in 1.Check if monitor is powered correctly.
monitor on Analog System 2. If so, check is there are characters displayed on bottom left of the moni-
tor.
3. If so, the monitor and PCU are correct, chech if generator work status.
4. If there are no characters displayed on monitor, check if the cable con-
nect CCD camera and PCU connected correctly.
5. If so, connected PCU to COM port of PC, run TH8740.exe, go to display
page, check if “Analog video standard“ is set to item 3: progressive. If not,
change it to item 3.
6. If PCU can’t be connected to control software, the PCU is defective,
replace a new one.
The image is not as good as 1. Check PCU setting according to TST file.
usual 2. Check if exposure technique, kV mA, mAs are resonable.
3. If not, check PCU setting according t oTST file and check generator set-
ting according to TST file. Set PCU and generator parameters again and
redo AEC, ABC calibration when necessary.
Fluoro ABC fail, fluoro kV, mA 1. Check if ABC cable is connected correctly from PCU to generator.
reached highest value 2. If so, check if ABC jumper on generator interface board are set cor-
rectly.
3. Check PCU setting according to TST file.
AEC exposure fail, exposure is 1. Check if AEC cable is connected correctly from PDB board to generator.
cut off by back up time AEC channel (top one) shall be used for Analog and Digital System. AEC
channel 2 shall be used for DSA of Digita System.
2. Check that J2 of PDB shall be used for Digital System, and J3 of PDB
shall be used for Analog System.
3. If so, check if AEC jumper on generator interface board are set cor-
rectly.
4. Connect to Generator by Genware, check if receptor is set according to
TST file.
5. If all above arecorrect, disconnect AEC cable from generator side, take
a fixed exposure and measure the output of Thales PDB board by oscillo-
scope, there shall be DC voltage during exposure. If not, the PDB or optics
are defective.
6. Replace a new PDB and do test above again, if pass, the PDB is defec-
tive, if not, the optics are defective.
The orientation of image is not Press PCU OSD button to enter PCU’s OSD menu, change vertical&hori-
correct zantal inversion state of PCU until the orientation of image is correct.
Display error on 20" monitor in Check the input selection switch on the back of the monitor. There are
Digital System both analog video input and PC VGA signal input on the back of the
monitor. The switch must be correctl set.

Page 234 Section 5.0 - Image Chain (I.C.)


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
5.1 Image Noise

Image Noise (Many Black


or White Dots in Image)

Use a Co-axis Cable, Check N


PCU Analog Image Output Change PCU or CCD
is OK?

Adjust Image Convert Bd DIP Switch,


Set One of 2,3,4,5,6 Bit as “ON”
Note: Only Allow One Bit as “ON”
Try and Check the Image Again

Y
OK? OK

Change Image
Convert Bd

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Page 235


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
5.2 kV Increase to the Max. Value When ABC Fluoro

kV Increase to the Max.


Value When ABC Fluoro.

Check Cable from PCU J4 N Re-connect or


to Generator Change Cable

Check Generator Interface N


Reset Jumper
Board Jumper

Download GenWare Y
Factory Parameters (*.gen) OK

Download PCU Factory Y


Parameters (*.bin) OK

Measure PCU-J4 Output


N
Voltage When ABC Fluoro Change PCU
Changed?

Change Generator
Interface Board

Page 236 Section 5.0 - Image Chain (I.C.)


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
5.3 No AEC Function

No AEC Function

Check AEC Board N


Reset Jumper
Jumper is OK?

Download GenWare Y
Factory Parameters (*.gen) OK
is OK?

Check AEC Cable Feedback Y


Voltage is Changed When Change AEC Board
Take Exposure

AEC Cable Y
Connection is OK
OK?

Change Photodiode
Board of I.I.

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Page 237


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
5.4 No Image Acquisition with X-ray Exposure

No Image Acquisition
with X-ray Exposure

DICOM Print UI Y
Wait or Close Print UI
Running

Whether has Error Y


Codes When Press Solve the Problem by
Shift+F9 Error Codes

Y Restart DSA, Y
END
Whether OK?

Re-install Rockey, Grab


Setup Initial DSA Run?

Plug and Install 1750 Card


Whether have Digital Input N Y
again. Have Image
on 1750 Card When Run
Acquisition with X-ray
“Device Manager”
Exposure?

Y N

Re-plug “Frame Grabber


Check the Cables from
Card”, and Re-connect
Y Console I/F to 1750 Card, Y
END “Image Convert Board”. END
and from 1750 Card to
Have Image Acquisition
Grab Card Connected?
with X-ray Exposure

N N

N Change 1750 Card


Whether Have PCU Analog
Change PCU
Image Output

Change Frame
Grabber Card and
Image Converter
Board

Page 238 Section 5.0 - Image Chain (I.C.)


5.5
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
No Image during Open
Fluoro

N DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7

Y Y
Have X-ray Collimator Open?
No Image during Fluoro

Y Perform as Error
Have Error Codes
Codes

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting
Room I/F Mis
DSA Progressing Y N Re-connect or
Cable
Bar Works? Change Cable
Connected?

N Y

Check Footswitch N TDSP Bd F Lamp Y


TB5-5/6 Closed? Change Room I/F Bd
and Cable Lights up?

Y N

Change Console I/F


Bd
PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Page 239
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
5.6 No Spot Function

No Spot Function

Refer to
Have X-ray Exposure Y troubleshooting “No
When Joystick Spot? Image Acquisition
with X-ray Exposure”

Check Touch Y Troubleshooting


Screen Error
basing on Error Code
Code

Y Check Generator
Anode Works?
Cable Connections

Run Positioner Diagnostic


TDSP “R” LED N Program, Check Code N Re-connect Joystick
“ON” “BXXX”. Is it Changed When Cable
Spot

Y
Y

Change TDSP Board

Re-connect CN333 Cable


Console I/F Board N N Change Console I/F
from TDSP to Console I/F
“D22” LED “ON” Board
Board is OK?

Y
Y
Re-connect Cable
from Console I/F
Board to Generator OK
Room I/F Board

Page 240 Section 5.0 - Image Chain (I.C.)


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Section 6.0
Digital Box
6.1 Error Code
In digital main screen, press Alt+ F9, enter into following error code log.

Click “Error“, the error message will display.


Click “Warning“, the warning message will display.
Click “Information“, the operation message will display.

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Page 241


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
6.1.1 Error Code Format
Type Location Code

6.1.2 Error Type

Type Code
Error 0x01
Warning 0x10
Information 0x11

6.1.3 Error Location

Location Code
Patient management 0x01
Image acquisition 0x02
Image processing 0x03
Patient report 0x04
Recording CD 0x05
Dicom 0x06

6.1.4 Error Code

Error code Description


0x1010, 0x0001 Image error, no image display
0x1001, 0x0002 Hard disk space is over limit, need to backup images
to release the hard disk space.
0x1001, 0x0003 Fail to set up a new patient case or fail to open a
patient case.
0x0102, 0x0004 Current patient case is null, can not operate.
0x0102, 0x0005 Fail to initialize controled card.
0x0102, 0x0006 Fail to initialize collecting card.
0x0102, 0x0007 Fail to use correct encrypt lock.
0x0104, 0x0008 Fail to print patient report.
0x0105, 0x0009 Fail to record.
0x0105, 0x000A Fail to load patient data.
0x0105, 0x000B Fail to burn.
0x1005, 0x000C Backup disk number can’t be 0.
0x1005, 0x000D No enough space in backup disk.
0x0106, 0x000E Dicom print failed.
0x0106, 0x000F Dicom store failed.
0x0106, 0x0010 Fail to access the film printing net.
0x0106, 0x0011 Fail to access the PACS image storage server.

Page 242 Section 6.0 - Digital Box


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
6.2 Troubleshooting
Please operate digital box in accordance with the instructions for use. Any improper operation may
result in troubles.
Whenever digital box goes in troubles, repair shall be made only by qualified and trained personnel;
otherwise, it may cause more serious system damage or personal injury.
The system may give prompts or alarms for some improper operation of digital box.

Power on system

The monitor displays the N


self-inspection process

Y
See (2)
N Enter Digital main screen

Y
N
Digital software is damaged; Operation of patient history management,
reinstall it. eg. add, store, or delete.

Y Digital software is
Connected. During fluoro, Digital damaged; reinstall it.
N monitor displays real-time fluoro
images.

Y
See (3) Connected. During fluoro, press down the
fluoro acquisition key, and acquisition is N
normal.

Y See (4)
N
Connected. Exposure
and acquisition images
are normal.

Y
See (5) N
Image printing is normal.

Y
See (6)
Normal image writing
N

Y See (7)
OK

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Page 243


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

(2)
N
Characters displayed

Y The monitor is not energized,

N Bad contact of monitor signal


WINDOWS XP interface lines, or monitor damaged
displayed

Y N N
Enter
Main-board
CMOS
Reconnect power
cord, reconnect Y
signal lines, or
N Video card Replace
Y replace the monitor.
damaged; replace main-board
Caused by abnormal it. End.
power-off, quit it.

Hard disk or system


program damaged, reinstall
system software. Normal?

N
Y
End Replace hard disk and
reinstall system software.
End.

Page 244 Section 6.0 - Digital Box


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

(3)

Switch to XP interface, and


operate GRABSETUP, there
N
are fluoro images.

Y
Confirm all set values
of GRABSETUP are Operate PCITEST and End
correct. press the fluoro footswitch;
PCITEST displays.
Y
N

Normal operation of
Press the fluoro footswitch, and the
EsayGrab
control box will give a sound instruction.

Y
N

Y
Data acquisition cable Incorrect CAM file storage
with bad contact or path (correct path: N
damaged D:\DSA\a201b.cam)

Bad contact of PCI external


N control lines

After reinstalling PCI X-ray machine control


End
driver, it becomes normal. cables with bad contact
or improperly inserted
N
plug

PCI external control board


damaged or with bad contact

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Page 245


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

(4)

Normal power twinkling of the


interface box
N
Y

Y X-ray control cable with bad


End Software lock with bad contact or
damaged; after re-installation or contact; reinstall it.
replacement, it becomes normal.

The interface board damaged;


replace it.

Page 246 Section 6.0 - Digital Box


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

(5)

Press down the hand brake, and


X-ray machine starts
Y

N
Press down the hand brake,
Press down the hand brake, and EXP and X-ray machine is exposed.
N
lamp of the interface board shines.
N
Y
Y
Exposure time: 33ms

In an offline state, normal


exposure of X-ray machine
N N
Y
20CM water phantom, under an

Interface board automatic condition, exposure


Faulty X-ray
damaged; replace it. time of spot film: 33ms
machine

Interface board Y
damaged; replace it
Readjust AEC
parameters

X-ray machine control cable with bad


contact or improperly inserted plug; after N Y
re-installation, it becomes normal. Y Y

N
Acquisition is normal,
Interface board End
but images are tool
damaged; replace it.
bright or dark.

Faulty CCD
operating mode
N End
Y

Check “camera operating Replace CCD


Y
mode” setting of PCU operating mode line

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Page 247


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

(6)

Normal printing

N
Y

Normal printing of Normal brightness Y


Y
End and contrast of End
the test page
images

N
N
Operate dsasetup, and
reset the printer curve.

Printer faults; refer to


operation instructions of
the printer.

Page 248 Section 6.0 - Digital Box


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

(7)

Ready for CD writing?


N

N
Insert a new writable
CD
Can CD writing work be
OK
ended?

After re-installing signal


End
wires of the CD writer,
is the writing available?

Inspect IMAPI service; is


End
writing available?

Replace the CD writer, and


re-install the writer driver.
End.

Chapter 6 - Troubleshooting Page 249


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 250 Section 6.0 - Digital Box


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 7 - Periodic Maintenance


This chapter of the manual provides a recommended schedule for periodic maintenance for the
Precision THUNIS-800+ R&F System.

Section 1.0
General
To use this equipment with an optimal situation at any time, the periodic maintenance must be
required.

1.1 Man Power Required


FOUR hours per one field engineer (FE).

1.2 Maintenance Interval


Two times (or three times) per every year.

1.3 Required Tools


• Electric hammer drill with bits
• Digital multimeter
• 4 Ft. Level (or two standard levels)
• Torque wrench
• HV cable removal spanner
• Push-pull Gauge
• Silicone grease / High Voltage Transformer oil
• Common service tools
• Resolution Pattern
• Dose Meter
• Loctite 242

Chapter 7 - Periodic Maintenance Page 251


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2.0
Preventive Maintenance Action List
Operation Location Description Done
1.) General
General cleaning and painting Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.1.1
Visual inspection Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.1.2
2.) Positioner Table
Equipment appearance check Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 1
Room doorlight check Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 2
Switch check Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 2
Indicator lamp check Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 2
Lever Operation Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 2
Indicator check (Digital Display) Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 2
Insulated resistance check Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.2.1
Fan Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 5
Rotor and collimator cable check Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 5
Collimator beam limiting adjustment Chapter 4 - Section 1 Configuration & Calibration - 1.5
Collimator field lamp illumination Chapter 7 - Section 2 Preventive Maintenance - 3.2.2
Collimator field lamp and timer Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 3
Collimator blade movement Chapter 3 - Section 3 Functional Check - Step 3
Collimator mounting screws check 1. Check the flange
2. If the collimator mounting screws
are loose, apply LOCTITE onto the
screws.
Tilting stop check Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 4
Tilting limit switch check Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 4
Tilting transmission oil leak check Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 4
Tilting motor V-belt check Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.2.4
Tilting guide bearing check Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.2.5
Table lateral movement check Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 4
Table lateral movement gear check Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.2.6
Compression force check Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.2.7
Compression cone limit check Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 4
Compression cone roller check Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.2.8
Intercom foot switch Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 2
Microphone Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 2
Intercom volume Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 2
Foot stand Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 14
Shoulder Rest Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 14
Hand Grip - -
3.) Generator

Page 252 Section 2.0 - Preventive Maintenance Action List


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Operation Location Description Done
Maintenance Schedule Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.3.1
Indico 100 oil fill / level check Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.3.2
Cleaning Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.3.3
Check the fixing and intactness of Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.3.4
Anode Rotation cable and Thermal
Protection cable
Tube conditioning / seasoning Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.3.5
End of life Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.3.6
4.) Touch Screen
AEC Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.4.1
ABS Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.4.2
5.) Image Chain System
I.I. resolution check Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 8
I.I. relative luminance check - -
Image luminance check Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 8
CCD focus check Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 8
Image cable check Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 1
Image Quality check Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 8
Image system movement check Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 4
Image system transmission oil leak Chapter 3 - Section 2 Functional Check - Step 4
check
6.) Digital Box
DSA software function Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.5.1
Hospital Ethernet Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.5.2
CD-R/W check Chapter 7 - Section 3 Preventive Maintenance - 3.5.3
7.) Final Check
Bolts and nuts check - -
Cleaning - -
Final operation check - -

Chapter 7 - Periodic Maintenance Page 253


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3.0
Preventive Maintenance

Maintenance Is To Be Performed Only By Competent, Trained Personnel Who Are Familiar With
The Potential Hazards Associated With This Equipment.

Maintenance Activities In The Table Below Are To Be Performed By Authorized Service Personnel
Only. However The Owner Or Operator Of The Equipment Must Schedule The Suggested Mainte-
nance Activity When Required By Contacting Their Local Service Agency.
Note: Maintenance schedule frequency may be determined by certain regulatory requirements of the
country or state in which the installation is located. Always check the local codes and regulations
when determining a maintenance schedule.

Always Switch Off Mains Power To The Generator And Wait A Minimum Of 5 Minutes For Capaci-
tors To Discharge Before Beginning Any Preventative Maintenance, Including Cleaning.

Observe Esd Precautions. Keep All Static - Sensitive Components And Circuit Boards In Their
Static - Shielding Packaging Until Ready To Install. Ensure That You Are Grounded At All Times
When Handling Static - Sensitive Components And Circuit Boards.

3.1 General
3.1.1 General Cleaning and Painting
Keep all surfaces clean and touch-up paint chips.

Remove power from the system before beginning work.


Check that power is off.
1.) Remove power from the system.
2.) Carefully clean all surfaces of the system.
Pay attention to any paint damage when you clean the system.
• Never use anything other than soap and water to clean plastic surfaces. Other cleaners may
damage the plastic.
• Never use any corrosive, solvent or abrasive detergents or polishes.
• Ensure that no water or other liquid can enter any equipment. This precaution prevents short
circuits and corrosion forming on components.
• Methods of disinfection used must conform to legal regulations and guidelines regarding
disinfection and explosion protection.
• If disinfectants are used which form explosive mixtures of gases, these gases must have
evaporated before switching on the equipment again.
• Disinfection by spraying is not recommended because the disinfectant may enter the X-ray
equipment.
• If room disinfection is done with an atomizer, it is recommended that the equipment be
switched OFF, allowed to cool down and covered with a plastic sheet. When the disinfectant
mist has subsided, the plastic sheet may be removed and the equipment be disinfected by
wiping.
3.) Apply touch-up paint to any paint-damage areas.
4.) Re-apply power to the system.

Page 254 Section 3.0 - Preventive Maintenance


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.1.2 Visual Inspection
Check for debris that would indicate abnormal wear.

Remove power from the system before beginning work.


Check that power is off.
1.) Remove power from the system.
2.) Visually check around the moving part of the system for any debris, wear or damage. This
includes the table top, table base, and wall stand if present.
3.) If any debris, wear of damage is observed, replace or repair the affected areas.
4.) Reapply power to the system.

3.2 Positioner Table

3.2.1 Insulated Resistance Check


1.) Power off the wall breaker, and turn on the system PDU breaker.
2.) Using an insulated resistance meter (for DC 500V), measure resistance between Power input
UVW and E. Standard: More than 2Mohms.

Wall Breaker OFF

Open System
Breaker

Voltage between
Power input and
Ground

3.2.2 Collimator Field Lamp Illumination


1.) Turn ON the main switch of the controller.
2.) Open all of the collimator shutters thoroughly and press the light beam button.
3.) Set the illuminometer at the center light field at SID 100 cm and measure illumination. The
meter should read more than 160 lux.

Chapter 7 - Periodic Maintenance Page 255


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.2.3 AEC Check
Refer to AEC calibration in Class M Service Manual (2406879-100).

3.2.4 Tilting Motor V-belt Check


1.) Remove the base cover of the R/F table.
2.) Check to make sure the pulleys of transmission and tilting motor are in parallel.
Difference: 1.0 mm or lower
3.) Using a push-pull gauge, push the center of the V-belt by approx. 1.0kg force.
4.) Measure a free play of the V-belt.
Specification: 2.0 mm or lower

3.2.5 Tilting Guide Bearing Check


1.) Check the guide bearing of the tilting gear for wear, scratches, and abnormal noise.
If necessary, apply grease.
2.) Tilting/Transmission gear check
1.) Tilt the table vertically.
2.) For the transmission axis gear and tilting gear, verify that:
* They are in parallel.
* They do not wear.
* Their mounting bolts are tightened securely.

3.2.6 Table Lateral Movement Gear Check


1.) Remove the guide rail mounting screws and table top.
2.) Check the gear of the table top lateral movement motor for wear and abnormal noise.
3.) If necessary, apply grease.

3.2.7 Compression Force Check


1.) Cover compression cone with net and hook it to spring balance.
2.) Fix a string onto spring balance and hook the string to collimator.

3.) Remove lid at the back of X-ray tube stand. Using 152R band, adjust compression force

Page 256 Section 3.0 - Preventive Maintenance


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
8.1 kgf or less, at L100-L0 voltage 110VAC with table-top upright.

3.2.8 Compression Cone Roller Check


1.) Set the table horizontally.
2.) From the cut-off for compression cone movement, pull the chain for the compression cone
movement by approx. 1 kg force.
3.) Measure a free play of the chain.
Specification: 3 ~ 5 mm
4.) If necessary, move the sprocket for proper free play.

Chapter 7 - Periodic Maintenance Page 257


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.3 Generator

3.3.1 Maintenance Schedule

Maintenance Description of Preventative Maintenance


Frequency
Every 6 Months AND 1.) Clean and re-grease all HV connections
whenevera related using vapour proof compound.
certifiable X-Ray 2.) Check that all H.V. connections are tight.
component is replaced:
3.) Clean the control console, remote fluoro
control (if used) and main cabinet as
needed. Refer to 3-3-3 Cleaning before
proceeding.
4.) Perform the X-ray tube auto calibration
routine.
5.) Verify the calibration of the generator.
6.) Test the X-Ray tube thermal switch
circuits in the generator. Disconnect the
tube thermal switch(s) and verify the
correct error message, and that X-ray
exposures are inhibited.
For fan cooled Indico 100 generators in
particular, remove accumulated dust from the
cooling vents. Vaccuming is recommended.
Every 12 months: 1.) Examine the following for any visible
damage and replace any damaged
components:
- The exterior of the control console
and remote fluoro control if used,
including the membrane switch
assembly.
- The cable between the control
console and the generator main
cabinet and between the remote
fluoro control (if used) and generator
main cabinet.
- The hand switch and fluoro
footswitch (if used) and the cables
connecting these to the console.
2.) Open the generator cabinet and examine
the unit for any visible damage: missing
or loose ground connections, oil leaks,
damaged cables etc.
3.) Ensure that there are no obstructions
blocking any of the ventilation holes or
louvers on the generator cabinet.
Every 5 years: Replace the lithium batteries on the generator
CPU board in the main cabinet with the same
manufacturer and type as identified on the
original batteries.

Page 258 Section 3.0 - Preventive Maintenance


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.3.2 Indico 100 Oil Fill / Level Check
The insulating oil level in the HT transformer does NOT require periodic checking under normal
conditions. However, if there is evidence of possible oil loss, the procedure for checking the correct
oil level follows.
1.) Loosen the oil fill plug screw on the Indico 100 tank lid.
2.) With the screw sufficiently loosened, remove the rubber (neoprene) plug.
3.) Use a clean ruler, strip of cardboard, or other equivalent material to determine the oil level --
measured always from the TOP surface of the HT tank’s lid.
- Normally the oil level should be between 0.88 - 1.25 inches (22 - 32 mm) from the top of
the tank lid.
- If the oil level is between 1.25 - 1.6 inches (32 - 41 mm) from the top of the tank lid, then
clean oil should be added as needed.
- If the oil level is greater than 1.6 inches (41 mm) below the top of the tank lid, please
consult the factory.

Figure 7-1 HV Tank Oil Level

4.) Use only fresh oil, type Shell DIALA AX or equivalent. It is critical that air is not added when
topping up the oil. The following procedure is strongly recommended when adding oil.
- Use a new clean syringe to remove oil from the container. A 60 cc catheter tip syringe is
recommended. Approximately 60 cc of oil is required to raise the oil level by one
millimeter.
- Turn the syringe upright and expel any trapped air.
- Place the tip of the syringe through the oil-fill plug and into the oil, ensuring that it is below
the surface of the oil.
- Gently eject the oil from the syringe into the HT tank, while making sure that the tip of the
syringe remains below the surface of the oil until all of the oil is emptied from the syringe.
- Repeat the previous steps until the required amount of oil has been added.
5.) Replace the oil fill plug. Once the plug is installed and the screw properly seated, tighten the
screw 4 turns. This will secure the oil fill plug. Wipe up any oil spills. Dispose of soiled absorber
in compliance with government requirements and ensure conformity to local disposal
regulations. THE OIL DOES NOT CONTAIN PCBs.

3.3.3 Cleaning
Note: Refer to General Cleaning in section 3.1.1.

Chapter 7 - Periodic Maintenance Page 259


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.3.4 Check the Fixing and Intactness of Anode Rotation Cable and Thermal
Protection Cable
1.) Check the fixing and intactness of Anode Rotation cable and Thermal Protection cable.
2.) Check the stator cable strain relief.

3.3.5 Tube Conditioning / Seasoning


Tube conditioning or “seasoning” is particularly important for new tubes or tubes that have not been
used for several days. This should be performed on each X-ray tube before attempting auto
calibration, as an unseasoned tube may not operate properly at higher kV values without arcing.
Refer to the X-ray tube manufacturer’s instructions, if available, for the tube conditioning or
“seasoning” procedure. If the X-ray tube manufacturers instructions are not available, the following
procedure may be used:
1.) Tube Conditioning (Overview)
a.) The generator does X-ray tube auto calibration at 50 kV, 60 kV, 70 kV, 80 kV, 100 kV and
120 kV. The tube normally needs to be seasoned before it can be operated at the higher
voltages encountered during auto calibration.
b.) Tube seasoning is started by auto calibrating the kV stations up to and including part of
the 70 kV station. The tube is then seasoned at 70 kV. Progressively higher kV stations
are then auto calibrated and seasoned. Finally the entire kV and mA range is auto
calibrated, then the tube is seasoned at the remaining high kV values.
c.) Manually releasing the exposure button during auto calibration of a particular kV station
in the following procedure prevents the generator from attempting operation beyond that
kV/mA value.
Note: The tube manufacturer’s recommended seasoning procedure, if available, must always
be used in place of the following procedure.
Note: Low speed only exposures are recommended for the seasoning exposures, to prevent
excessive heat build-up in the housing from the stator windings or the rotor bearings.
Note: X-ray tubes that have not been used for more than 8 hours may suffer thermal shock if
operated at high mA and kV without a warm-up procedure. A cold anode (Molybdenum)
is very brittle and when suddenly heated over a small area may experience thermal
cracking of the anode surface, eventually leading to permanent tube damage.
2.) Tube Conditioning (Procedure)
a.) X-ray tube seasoning should be done on LARGE focus in order to minimize tube wear.
b.) The procedure below is intended for seasoning an X-ray tube prior to attempting tube auto
calibration. To season a tube that does not need to be calibrated, simply follow steps (II),
(IV), (VI), (VIII), and (IX).
I.) Start the tube auto calibration sequence, and manually terminate the exposure at 70
kV and 250 mA.
II.) Season the tube at 70 kV by taking approximately 10 exposures of 200 mA and 100
ms. These exposures should be taken at the rate of approximately one every 15
seconds.
III.) Restart the auto calibration sequence and manually terminate the exposure at 100 kV
and 250 mA.
IV.) Season the tube at 100 kV by taking approximately 5 exposures of 200 mA and 100
ms. These exposures should be taken at the rate of approximately one every 15
seconds.
V.) Restart the auto calibration sequence and manually terminate the exposure at 120 kV
and 160 mA.
VI.) Season the tube at 120 kV by taking approximately 5 exposures of 160 mA and 100
ms. These exposures should be taken at the rate of approximately one every 15
Page 260 Section 3.0 - Preventive Maintenance
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
seconds.
VII.)Restart the auto calibration sequence and allow the auto calibration sequence to
complete.
VIII.)Season the tube at 130 kV by taking approximately 5 exposures of 100 mA and 50
ms. These exposures should be taken at the rate of approximately one every 15
seconds.
IX.) Repeat step 8 at 140 kV, and then at 145 kV.

3.3.6 End of Product Life


If the generator has completed its useful service life, local environmental regulations must be
complied with in regard to disposal of possible hazardous materials used in the construction of the
generator.
In order to assist with this determination, the noteworthy materials used in the construction of this
generator are itemized below:
• Electrical insulating oil in HT tank. This is a mineral oil with trace additives (25 Litre (6.5 U.S.
gal)).
• Solder (lead/tin).
• Epoxy fiberglass circuit board materials, tracks are solder on copper.
• Wire, tinned copper. Insulated with PVC, tefzel, or silicone.
• Steel and / or aluminum (generator cabinet and console chassis).
• Plastic (console enclosure and console membrane).
• Electrical and electronic components: IC’s, transistors, diodes, resistors, capacitors, etc.

Do Not Disassemble, Incinerate, Or Short-circuit The Battery(S) In This Product. Do Not Put It
In Trash That Is Disposed Of In Landfills; Dispose Of It As Required By Local Ordinances.
The Fluorescent Lamp In The Lcd Display Contains Mercury. Do Not Put It In Trash That Is
Disposed Of In Landfills; Dispose Of It As Required By Local Ordinances.
The Lcd Is Made Of Glass. If The Lcd Breaks Due To Rough Handling Or Dropping, And The
Internal Fluid Gets In Your Eyes Or On Your Hands, Immediately Wash The Affected Areas
With Water For At Least 15 Minutes. Seek Medical Attention If Any Symptoms Are Present
After Washing.

3.4 Touch Screen

The Aec And Abs Verification Procedures Require The Production Of X-rays. Observe Correct
Operating Procedures, And Take Appropriate Precautions Against X-radiation.

3.4.1 AEC
The following procedure may be used to verify that the AEC circuits are functioning on generators
equipped with AEC (Automatic Exposure Control).
1.) Switch the console and generator ON, and select an appropriate radiographic image
receptor.
2.) Align the X-ray tube and the selected image receptor such that the central ray is directly over
the center field of the AEC pickup device. Set the focal spot to film plane distance to 40 in. (1
m).
3.) Select AEC mode of operation. Select center field, large focus.
MINIMUM EXPOSURE TIME:

Chapter 7 - Periodic Maintenance Page 261


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
4.) With no object in the radiation field, adjust the collimator or beam limiting device to project a
10 in. X 10 in. (24 cm X 24 cm) field at the image receptor.
5.) Select 80 kV, 100 mA, and a backup mAs of 50 if it is operator selectable. If this is not
operator selectable, the default AEC backup settings must be used. Refer to "ms / mAs up /
down buttons and display" in section 4 to determine the AEC backup mode that has been
programmed.
6.) Make an exposure and verify that the POST mAs reading is < 2 mAs.
MAXIMUM EXPOSURE TIME:
7.) Close the collimator or beam limiting device completely. Place a folded lead apron over the
image receptor.
8.) Select 60 kV, 100 mA, and a backup mAs of 50 if it is operator selectable. If this is not
operator selectable, the default backup settings must be used.
9.) Make an exposure and verify that the error message AEC Feedback Error (No Feedback
Signal Detected), AEC Back-up Timer - Exposure Terminated, or AEC mAs Exceeded -
Exposure Terminated is displayed on the console after the exposure has terminated. This
confirms that the exposure has continued until it was terminated by the AEC backup timer.

3.4.2 ABC
The following procedure may be used to verify that the ABS circuits are functioning on generators
equipped with ABS (automatic brightness stabilization).
1.) Switch the console and generator ON, and select an appropriate fluoroscopic image
receptor.
2.) Select ABS mode.
3.) Open the collimator or beam limiting device shutters to maximum. With no object in the
image field, press the fluoro footswitch. Confirm that the collimator or beam limiting device is
fully open by observing the monitor.
4.) While continuing to press the fluoro footswitch, note the fluoro kV display at the control
console or remote fluoro control. This should be less than 55 kV.
5.) Close the collimator or beam limiting device and press the fluoro footswitch. With no object in
the image field, ensure that the radiation is fully blocked by observing the monitor. If necessary,
cover the image intensifier with lead aprons to block all radiation.
6.) While continuing to press the fluoro footswitch, note the fluoro kV display at the control
console or remote fluoro control. This should be the maximum available fluoro kV, 110 kV or
125 kV (depending on whether the upper fluoro kV limit has been set to 110 kV or 125 kV).
7.) Place an absorber (20 cm of water, or 1.5 in. ( 3.8 cm ) of pure aluminum, or equivalent) in the
center of the image field.
8.) Press the fluoro footswitch. While viewing the absorber on the monitor, open the collimator or
beam limiting device sufficiently to cover as much of the absorber as possible. Ensure that the
X-ray beam does not extend beyond the sides of the absorber as stray radiation will adversely
affect the kVp reading in the next step.
9.) While continuing to press the fluoro footswitch, note the fluoro kV display at the control
console or remote fluoro control. This should stabilize between 70 and 80 kV.

3.5 Digital Box

3.5.1 DSA Software Function


Run DSA, create a new test patient. Take fluoroscopy, and then, take an exposure. Save this image
serial.

Page 262 Section 3.0 - Preventive Maintenance


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.5.2 Hospital Ethernet
Push the image serial created above to workstation or printer. Check if it is ok.

3.5.3 CD-R/W Check


Record a patient image serial to one blank CD, and then, read the image from CD.

Chapter 7 - Periodic Maintenance Page 263


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 264 Section 3.0 - Preventive Maintenance


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts


This chapter contains the list of recommended renewal parts for the various models of Precision
THUNIS-800+ R&F System.

Section 1.0
Positioner Table

Item Part No. ePDM No. Name


1 5120414 5129552 370W Frequency Inverter
2 5120415 5129553 750W Frequency Inverter
3 5120416-1 5120416-1 Threephase Asynchronous Motor, 0.37KW
4 5120417-1 5120417-1 Threephase Asynchronous Motor, 0.75KW
5 5120418-1 5120418-1 AC Gear Motor, 25W
6 5120419 5120419 Switch Power
7 5120420 5120420 Power Relay
8 5120421 5120421 Power Resistance
9 5123596 5123596 2A, fuse
10 5123597 5123597 6A, fuse
11 5123598 5123598 10A, fuse
13 5122274 5122274 Micro Switch
15 2408350 2408350 Table X-Ray Control Board
16 5123595 5123595 Micro Switch
17 5123381-1 5123381-1 Motor
18 T310-2567 2263958 Table Top Plate
20 T454-0443 2263423 Microphone
21 K7200009 2234171 Speaker Assy.
22 410-4462-HL 2263579 Table R-L Actuator
23 2229335 2229335 Belt
24 2215121 2215121 Chain
26 L2310002 2163462 V Belt
27 J6410002 2119187-2 Switch, White
28 J6410003 2119187-3 Switch, Red
29 J8510010 2163464 Switch Lamp
30 J6510019 2119185-2 Micro Swtich
31 J6580003 2119186-2 Actuator
32 T410-4222 2263464 Belt
33 2215130 2215130 CAM
36 5161906 5161906 Collimator Transformer

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts Page 265


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
37 5123156 5123156 Compressor Cone
39 L1110003 2263897 Bearing
40 2143695 2143695 C Ring
41 N9100SS 2263903 Spring Washer
43 410-4420-HL 2263992 Shaft
44 N9505SJ 2263907 Screw
45 N9510SJ 2263908 Screw
46 2409218 2409218 Motor Relay Board
47 J2440006 2158711 Resistor
48 L1110004 L1110004 Bearing
49 2408348-1 2408348-1 Table Logic I/O Board
50 5123151 5123151 Grid

F1
F2
F3
F4

Item # 9, 10, 11 Item # 1, 2

Item # 32

Page 266 Section 1.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Item # 31 Item # 30 Item # 33

Item # 5 Item # 22

Item # 3 Item # 4 Item # 23

Item # 26 Item # 24

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts Page 267


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Item # 18

Item # 7 Item # 17

Item # 48 Item # 45

Item # 47 Item # 36 Item # 9

Item # 41
Item # 44

Item # 39 Item # 40

Item # 48
Item # 27 Item # 28

Item # 16 Item # 13 Item # 43

Page 268 Section 1.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Item # 21
Item # 37

Item # 20

Item # 46

Item # 8 Item # 6

Item # 49 Item # 15

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts Page 269


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2.0
Generator
Item Part No. ePDM No. Name
1 5123270 5123270 Generator CPU Board
2 5123273 5123273 Generator I/F Board
3 5123275 5123275 Room Interface Board
4 5123276 5123276 Control Board
5 5123277 5123277 Filament Board (Small Focus)
6 5123278 5123278 Filament Board (Large Focus)
7 5123279 5123279 Auxiliary Board
8 5123280 5123280 Inverter Board
9 5123281 5123281 Power Input Board
10 5123282 5123282 Resonant Board
11 5123283 5123283 Universal AEC Board
12 5123287 5123287 DSS PWBA
13 5123290 5123290 DC BUS Capacitor
14 5123292 5123292 Line Contactor
15 5123293 5123293 Mains Diode
16 5123294 5123294 Fuse, A70QS10-14F
17 5123295 5123295 Fuse, FNQ-10
18 5123296 5123296 Fuse, FNQ-2
19 5123297 5123297 Fuse, GDC-1.6
20 5123298 5123298 Fuse, GDC-2
21 5123299 5123299 Fuse, GDC-2.5
22 5123300 5123300 Fuse, GDC-5
23 5123301 5123301 Fuse, MDA-2
24 5123302 5123302 Fuse, MDA-7
25 5123303 5123303 Fuse, MDA-12
26 5123304 5123304 Fuse, MDL-4
27 5123305 5123305 Fuse, OTS-60
28 5123306 5123306 Relay
29 5123307 5123307 Connector
30 5123308 5123308 Axial Fan
31 5123309 5123309 Auxiliary Transformer
32 5123310 5123310 Room I/F Transformer
33 5123311 5123311 HV Tank
34 5123312-1 5123312-1 Touch Screen Console
35 5123289 5123289 Digital Input Board
36 5123312-2 5123312-2 Touch Screen Upgrade Kit

Note: If it is the old touch screen (5123312), please order touch screen kit (5123312-2) for upgrade. If it
is the new touch screen (5123312-1), just order the new one for replacement.

Page 270 Section 2.0 - Generator


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Item # 4

Item # 26

Item # 5 Item # 7

Item # 6

Item # 12

Item # 25 Item # 24

Item # 16 Item # 28

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts Page 271


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Item # 3

Item # 32

Item # 15

Item # 10

Item # 30

Item # 13
Item # 14

Item # 13

Item # 9 Item # 17
Item # 27

Item # 31
Item # 18
Item # 23

Page 272 Section 2.0 - Generator


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Item # 8

Item # 33

Item # 1
Item # 35

Item # 11 Item # 2

Item # 21

Item # 21
Item # 29
Item # 22

Item # 21
Item # 19

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts Page 273


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3.0
PDU
Item Part No. ePDM No. Name
1 5121163 5121163 Fuse Holder
2 5117119 5117119 Relay (Up Delay 110VAC Coil)
3 5117046 5117046 Contactor (30A)
4 5117120 5117120 Relay (110VAC Coil)
5 5117122 5117122 Relay (24VDC Coil)
6 5120198 5120198 Relay Holder
7 5117136 5117136 LED
8 5117139 5117139 Resistance, R1
9 5117140 5117140 Fuse, F1

Item # 2

Item # 7 Item # 6
Item # 4, 5

Item # 3

Item # 1 Item # 9

Item # 8

Page 274 Section 3.0 - PDU


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4.0
System Console
Item Part No. ePDM No. Name
1 2408900 2408900 Console Power Input Fuse
2 2408911 2408911 Speaker Volumn Adjust Assy
3 2408910 2408910 Mic Volumn Adjust Assy
4 5123632-2 5123632-2 Emergency Switch
5 5119249 5119249 Microphone
6 5119251 5119251 Speaker
7 2408895 2408895 Console AC-DC Module 2
8 2407408 2407408 Intercomm Board
9 2408827 2408827 Console Interface Board
10 5119258 5119258 Footswitch Assembly
11 J6980003 2158840-2 Rotary Switch
12 T454-0174 2263331 Resistor
13 5146421 5146421 TDSP Board
14 T401-1666 2263947 Joystick Comp
15 J6410007 2158841-2 Push Switch
16 L9310028 2119190 Knob
17 2408912 2408912 Brightness Adj. Assy
18 2408913 2408913 Contrast Adj. Assy.
19 5121183 5121183 Image Converting Board
20 5121177 5121177 Frame Grabber
21 5121174 5121174 1750 Card
22 5121170 5121170 Keyboard
23 5121168 5121168 Mouse
24 5121648 5121648 Workstation
26 5128456-2 5128456-2 18 Inch LCD Monitor (option)
28 2409360 2409360 DSA SYNC Signal Cable
29 2409361 2409361 DSA 1750 card RT Control Cable
30 2409362 2409362 Generator Digital interface cable
31 2409365 2409365 DSA LVDS Convert Cable
32 2409366 2409366 Camera Link Cable
33 T401-1665 2263969 Lever

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts Page 275


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Item # 9

Item # 8

Item # 7
Item # 1

Item # 5 Item # 4

Item # 17, 18 Item # 2, 3

Item # 16
Item # 14

Item # 10
Item # 15

Item # 6

Page 276 Section 4.0 - System Console


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Item # 13

Item # 12

Item # 14 Item # 15 Item # 11

Item # 11

Item # 19

Item # 20

Item # 21

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts Page 277


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5.0
Image Chain
Item Part No. ePDM No. Name
1 5122279 5122279 Optics for Digital RIU
2 5122280 5122280 Photodiode Board
3 5122278 5122278 CCD Camera Head
4 5122282 5122282 TH7195 Power Supply
5 5122284 5122284 PCU
6 5122277 5122277 XRII with Housing
7 5122281 5122281 Optics Control Board

Item # 1 Item # 3

Item # 7

Item # 2

Item # 5

Item # 6
Item # 4

Page 278 Section 5.0 - Image Chain


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Section 6.0
X-ray Source
Item Part No. ePDM No. Name
1 5167951 5167951 Collimator
2 U0241AE 2263379 Knob
3 J0241AE 2263370 Knob
4 2263959 2263959 Timer Unit
5 5121886 5121886 A196 X-ray Tube
6 5121885 5121885 Tube Fan
7 J8510006 2119188 Collimator Lamp

Item # 7

Item # 4, 7

Item # 1 Item # 2, 3

Item # 5 Item # 6

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts Page 279


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
Note: Please follow below procedures to change collimator lamp.

Change Collimator Lamp


1.) Rotate table to about 90 degrees.
2.) Power off.
3.) Demount collimator cover.

4.) Demount the black protective cover inside collimator.

5.) Change collimator lamp.

6.) Mount the covers back to collimator.

Align of Visually Defined X-ray Fields


1.) Power on.
2.) Adjust the blades to get light FOV at 20cm*20cm on table top.
3.) Put a washer on each side of the light FOV, ensuring the washer is aligned with edge of light
FOV, for just use a phantom which has visual lead squares in it, use the lead square to

Page 280 Section 6.0 - X-ray Source


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
illustrate the light FOV.
4.) Switch off the collimator lamp.
5.) Set the exposure parameters: 60kV/5mAs.
6.) Make an exposure, and develop the film.
7.) Measure the misalignment of washer edges or the lead square and x-ray edge with ruler.
8.) Calculate misalignment between light FOV and x-ray FOV illustrated as below.

Visually Defined Field


a1

b1

b2

a2
X-ray Field

9.) Measure the data, and calculate.


Mis-Alignment Measured (mm)
Ia1I=
Ia2I=
Ib1I=
Ib2I=
SID= 1000
Rejection Limit Ia1I+Ia2I<=1.8% SID
Ib1I+Ib2I<=1.8% SID
Pass/Fail

10.) If pass, it’s ok. If fail, please adjust collimator lamp, and redo alignment of visually defined x-
ray fields until pass.

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts Page 281


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 7.0
Miscable
Item Part No. ePDM No. Name
1 2409055 2409055 TDSP CN331 MIS Cable
2 2409056 2409056 TDSP CN332 MIS Cable
3 2409498 2409498 I.I. Power and Control Cable
4 2408887 2408887 Generator Room I/F Cable
5 2408888 2408888 CCU Generator I/F Cable
6 2409500 2409500 System Console Power Cable
7 2409502 2409502 Table Power Cable
8 5123220 5123220 Image Cnvtr Board Power Cable
10 2409507 2409507 Tube Control Cable
11 2409637 2409637 PDU Power-On Cable
12 2408886 2408886 Cabinet TDSP CN333 Signal Cable
13 2408889 2408889 CPI RS232 Communication Cable
14 2408924 2408924 Console MIC Audio Cable
15 2408925 2408925 Console Speaker Audio Cable
16 2409497 2409497 Speaker Volume Adjust Cable
17 2409496 2409496 Mic Volulme Adjust Cable
19 5122632 5122632 HV Cable
20 2409811 2409811 Table Board Interface Cable 1
21 2409812 2409812 Table Board Interface Cable 2
22 2409813 2409813 Table Tilt Over Switch Cable
23 2409814 2409814 Table Tilt Stop Switch Cable
24 2409815 2409815 Table Limit Switch Cable
25 2409816 2409816 Table I/O Board Power Cable
26 2409817 2409817 Cassette Signal Cable
27 2409818 2409818 Table Relay Control Cable
29 2409820 2409820 Collimator Control Cable
30 2409821 2409821 Table Top Motor Cable
31 2409822 2409822 Table Relay Board Power Cable
32 2409823 2409823 Tilt Inverter Control Cable
33 2409824 2409824 Tube Inverter Control Cable
34 2409825 2409825 Swtich Power Input Cable
35 2409828 2409828 Console Move Control Input Cable
36 2409829 2409829 Console Spot Control Input Cable
38 2409831 2409831 I.I. Power Cable
39 2409832 2409832 Compressor Motor Control Cable
40 2409833 2409833 Collimator Power Cable
41 2409835 2409835 Collimator Control Cable 2

Page 282 Section 7.0 - Miscable


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
42 5119278 5119278 Table Side Switch Cable 2
43 5119983 5119983 Table Audio Cable
44 5119984 5119984 Compressor Assembly Cable
45 5121657 5121657 Tower Push Switch Cable
46 2409700-1 2409700-1 Speaker Mis Cable
48 2409797 2409797 AEC Feedback Coaxial Cable
49 2408885 2408885 Console I/F Board Control Cable
50 2408902 2408902 CCU Power Cable
51 2408907 2408907 CCU Real-time Control Cable
52 2408914 2408914 Intercomm Power Cable
54 5123315 5123315 T/S Console Comm. Cable
55 5124835 5124835 T/S Console Grounding Cable
56 5122285 5122285 20m Cable
57 5123214 5123214 Img Cnvtr Bd Syn Sgnl Cable
58 2409364 2409364 Storm DSA Video RGB Cable
59 5162261 5162261 Storm IR Monitor VGA Cable

Chapter 8 - Renewal parts Page 283


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 284 Section 7.0 - Miscable


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 9 - Master Interconnect System Map


Section 1.0
Scope
This section describes the MIS (Master Interconnection System) map.

Section 2.0
Symbols/Conventions
The equipment outlines on the map identify where connections are made. These outlines are usually cabinets or major assemblies. Internal divisions
show modules/circuit boards. These components are identified using the component location codes defined for each product. (If you are unfamiliar
with these codes refer to the schematics direction for any major product. It is worth your effort to learn these codes.)
MIS runs are identified by lines between connection points, with the MIS number in an oval at each end of the line.

Section 3.0
Digital System MIS Map
A hardcopy version of system MIS map, 2409796-2SCH, is shipped with system. This schematic shows all of MIS cables and their termination points.
A version appropriate for viewing electronically is provided here.

Chapter 9 - Master Interconnect System Map Page 285


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CPI Generator Indico 100


A R&F 65/50KW
Monitor
Tube Rotor XRAY Tube LCD
HV Cables

Room Interlock HV Generator


B Collimator In-room
System PDU
LCD
Room Light Cabinet (Option)

C Patient
Remote R&F Table
Table Electronics
Grid 10:1

Film Cassette

D
ROOM Interface
H Image Intensifier
Generator Interface V
P
S Optics Imager
AEC Board CCD
E CCU
AEC Feedback (Photodiode) Camera Digital
Digital Interface ABS Feedback (Proportional DC) Subsystem

CPI
F Touchscreen RS232
XRay Console Console
Thales Inteface
To Gen Room IF &
Hundicmed Digital IF Boards
Varian

G System Integrated Console


Hundrimed

Redesign or Design Change


Based on TH600
H REVISIONS APPROVALS YY/MM/DD TITLE

Storm Functional Block Diagram


REV
GE Monitors REV MADE BY DATE PCN NO. DESCRIPTION
MADE
Xu Yong
1 Peng Qingming 09/14/2004 - Initial release
CHECK
FIRST MADE FOR: Precision THUNIS-800+ 3
APPR
2 Xu Yong 03/06/2006 - Update for Rainstorm
OTHER
2409796-2SCH SHT/CONT ON
3 Xu Yong 05/08/2007 CRT phase out and New T/S phase in 1/2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure 9-1 Functional Block Diagram

Page 286 Section 3.0 - Digital System MIS Map


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Integrated Console
65/50KW R&F Generator
A P/N 5123374 Digital Box A
Generator I/F Boards (Workstation)
LCD Monitor
Analog Video_3 Video
In-Room Monitor
X-Ray ON CDR-W
Analog Video_4 MIS 5162261
Warning TB4 @ Room Interface 1750 I/O Card
Light
DICOM
Frame Grabber
Keyboard
B Door
Video Convert Board PC Mouse
/ B
Interlock TB4 @ Room Interface /
PC
Switch /
PWR
COM1 COM2 1
1
Digital Box 1
MIS 5162380
J2 @ Digital IF board MIS 2409362 (
(
MIS 2408888 (
J8 @Gen IF board J4 (ABC Feedback Signal)

C Remote R&F Table C


P/N 5117026 J6

II Image Chain
MIS 5122285
{ AEC Channel#2 for DSA Camera Head LVDS J1 (To Camera Head)
Pin7-, Pin12+
AEC Channel#1 for spot MIS 2409797 AEC Feedback Signal
J432
Xray APR Console
II PWR Imager PCU COM2
(Touchscreen LCD)
MIS 2409637 24VDC @Room Interface
D J4 @generator IF board MIS 5123315 Gen
D

GND COM1
Stud MIS 5124835

To Room IF Board MIS 2408887 J17

Xray Tube J4
RS232
HV Tank Anode+ MIS 5122632 To Tube Anode +
E U
Bright Adjustment
E
V HV Tank Cathode- To Tube Cathode -
W
MIS 2409498 J5 (II Power andControl)
MIS 2409492 GND
Tube Stator MIS 2409507 To Stator Contrast Adjustment
GND
MIS 2409493 GND MIS 2409508 Stud Tube Grounding Stud
Console Interface Board
MIS 2409494 HV Tank MIS 5162733 Collimator Lamp SW
MIS 2409495
To Fan PWR 220VAC TDSP Board Fluoro Foot switch
GND Fluoro Switch
J431
Stud
F TB2
U
Cabinet GND J331 MIS 2409055 CN331
Mic Vol Ctrl F
J442
V J5 MIS 2409505-6 J332 MIS 2409056 CN332
W Speaker Vol CTRL
GND In-room speake MIS 2409700-1 J2 (Speaker_2)
J3 MIS 2409502 TM1 Control Room Speaker
In-room MIC J5 (MIC_2)
GND GND
J1 ( ON/OFF Signal) Stud Cabinet GND MIS 2409503 Stud
J531
In-Room Control room MIC
J341 DC PWR:
Footswitch
Hospital TB1 Table Electrical P/N 5121496-1
5VDC, +/-12VDC, 24VDC Intercom FootSwitch

G 360-440VAC U Intercom G
3 Phase V J4 MIS 2409500 220VAC Power GND
Supply W Stud
GND
GND Stud Cabinet GND MIS 2409501 Console GND

Console Table
Power Distribution
Console Cabinet
System PDU P/N 5119248
P/N 5122648
H Connected With Bulkhead
REV MADE BY DATE
REVISIONS
PCN NO. DESCRIPTION
MADE
APPROVALS YY/MM/DD TITLE

STORM System Interconnects


REV H
Option
1 Peng Qingming 09/14/2004 - Initial release
CHECK
FIRST MADE FOR: Precision THUNIS-800+ 3
2 Xu Yong 03/06/2006 Update for Rainstorm APPR
-
GE Healthcare China 2409796-2SCH SHT/CONT ON
OTHER
3 Xu Yong 05/08/2007 - CRT phase out and- New T/S phase in 2/ 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure 9-2 System Interconnects

Chapter 9 - Master Interconnect System Map Page 287


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 288 Section 3.0 - Digital System MIS Map


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 10 - Schematics
Section 1.0
Positioner Table
1.1 Digital System Table Schematics

Chapter 10 - Schematics Page 289


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Tilt
Logic IO Board Motor Relay Board Frequency Inverter 750W R/F/I
J4 IO 5120415 U 3Phase Motor
A 2408348-1 2409218 GND V A4 A
1 1 220Vac,4P,750W
Tilt Stop LS Assy J3 A1 B1 A1 B2 2
Tilt_inverter_DO
2
A2 FC1 W M1 5120417-1
A5 G24 Tilt_inverter_DI0
1 3 3
1LS Vertical_stop_sw Tilt_inverter_DI1 P
4 4 4
(Vertical) G24 Tilt_inverter_DI2 E
2 5 5 P 2409826
Level_stop_sw Tilt_inverter_+24V
2LS (Level) 5 6 6 E
G24 Tilt_inverter_G24
3 7 7 L
3LS Incline_stop_sw
6 N
(Incline) IDC 10p 2409823
2409814 Molex 6p Tube
Frequency Inverter 370W U/D
B Tilt Over LS Assy
A4 G24
J5 J5
GND
IO 5120414
U
V A3 3Phase Motor B
1 1 1 A2 FC2 220Vac,4P,370W
4LS Incline_over_sw Tube_inverter_DO W M2
4 2 2 5120416-1
(Incline) G24
2 J12 J12 3
Tube_inverter_DI0
3
5LS Vertical_over_sw Board Interface Cable2 Tube_inverter_DI1 P
5 4 4
(Vertical) G24 2409812 Tube_inverter_DI2 E
3 5 5 P 2409827
6LS Reverse_degree_sw IDC 20p IDC 20p Tube_inverter_+24V
6 6 6 E
(-18 ~ -30) Tube_inverter_G24
2409813 Molex 6p
7 7 L
CPLD J N
IDC 10p 2409824
2 5119273-4
TM11 J4 MAX3256A 1
C 21LS
5119274
1
G24
Left_limit_sw
1
J2 2 J1 5119273-3 C
(Left) 2 2 3 4
G24 JTA 0Vac
22LS 3 3 3
Right_limit_sw G MNL 3p 110Vac 5166053
(Right) 4 4 2
G24 IDC 10p 220Vac
11LS 5 5 1
Up_limit_sw
(Up) 6 6
5119276-1 7
G24
7
J3 MNL 4p 2409822 A2
12LS
(Down) 8
Down_limit_sw
8
J7 A2 RY1 A2 Fuse
5119276-2 G24 +24Vdc TM1
13LS 9 9 1
(U/D) UD_limit_sw Power_Relay- F1 10A 220Vac
10 10 2 7 1 1 Table Power Cable
4
5119273-2
D 5119276-3 2409815 IDC 10p Molex 3p
J1
2409818
5
8
F2 6A 220Vac
2 2 to PDU -2409502 D
Main Frame Assy 351C J351 +24Vdc CN52 Switch Power 80W F3 2A
1 1 9 3 3
A3 1N 1
+24Vdc 1 2
24G
3
5120419 6
110Va
Lamp_side_sw 2 A1 P1 F4 2A
2 2 A B c 4 4
3 3
G24 3
JST 4p
CN
Rise_side_sw 5G 5119273-1
4 4 4 3 3 1 5 5
G24 5 +5Vdc L
5 5 4 1 1
Fall_side_sw 6
GND N
6 6 5 6 7 8 2 3 6 6
FallInv_side_sw MNL 4p 2409816 PE
7 7 7 4 5
G24 JST 8p
5119990-
8 8 8
E 9 9
Up_side_sw
Down_side_sw
9
CN51
JST 5p 2409825
Tower A6
2 E
10 10 10 5119987
G24 Main A3
11 11 11 5119988

+5Vdc
Left_side_sw PWA A1

5G
12 12 12 5119989

+15vdc
Right_side_sw Base A4

-15vdc
13 1 Bulkhead 5119990-1

15G
15G
13 13 Table Ground Cable
Console_SM_SW
14 14 14 15W, 5Ohm 2
Table_EM_SW A2 to PDU -2408503
15 15 15
+24Vdc A1 R1 Molex 4p
16 16 16
17 17 17
18 18
+24V
18 J1 MNL 4p E
19 19
Emergency_CPLD
19
J332 J442
A2
Console Spot Control Input Cable TDSP 332 MIS Cable
F 20 20 20
DB50
F
IDC 20p 1 2 3 4 2409829 to Console -2409056
5119278 IDC 20p J11 J11 IDC 50p
TOP Board Interface Cable1
5119986 TM12 220Vac Area Designations
L/R 220 1 2409811
N1
Top_motor1 2 IDC 50p IDC 50p Xray Control Board
A3 N2
Top_motor2 3 J6 J82 2408350 A1 - Table Base PWAs assembly
M3 -
2409821 J41 J342 A1 B3 A2 - Table Power in Assmbly
-
Gear Motor J341 J331 J431 A3 - Table Main Frame Assembly
- Console Move Control Input Cable TDSP 331 MIS Cable
220Vac, 25W - J352
DB50 A4 - Table Base Motor Assembly
G 5120418-1 -
IDC 50p
2409828 to Console -2409055 A5 - Table Front Assembly G
- NOTES A6 - Table Tower Assembly
-
Table 1. All sheets of this schematic will be at the same revision. The A7 - Table Tube and Collimator
5155234 Top revision of this sheet will be the revision of the entire document. A8 - Table Case and Image Chain
5119277
2. = Indicates signals are part of a cable
11P 12P 21P 22P 13P
SIDE SW 3PS 2PS 1PS
10

12

13

11

14

15
19
18
7

1
2
S S S S S REVISIONS
A5 REV MADE BY DATE ECR NO. DESCRIPTION
11 OCT 2004
H Front cover To Main A3
5121493
1
2
Xu Yong
Xu Yong 15 DEC 2004 2010239
Initial Design
Update Some Cables Part No
MADE
APPROVALS YY/MM/DD TITLE
Precision THUNIS-800+ Table Schematics
REV H
3 Xu Yong 06 MAR 2006 Update For -Rainstorm
CHECK
FIRST MADE FOR: Storm 5
Inv_Fall Fall Rise Up Down Left Right Emergency 4 Jia Yingjie 03 JUL 2006
2030734 Update For Rainstorm APPR

Jia Yingjie OTHER


GEHL MEDICAL SYSTEMS 5117026SCH SHT/CONT ON
5 13 DEC 2006 Update For Rainstorm 1 /2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure 10-1 5117026SCH-1

Page 290 Section 1.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Bulkhead
A2
Motor Relay Board Image Chain J432
2409218 5122283 I.I Power Cable I.I Power and Control MIS Cable
A J3
DB15
A
A1 B2 A8 2409831 to Console -2409498
Compreesor 110Vac
Compress_motor1 1 CCD Camera to PCU MIS Cable
A6 342ZN
30
Compress_motor2 2 To Main A3 to Console -5122285
0
30
A6
R
1
3 J1,J2,J4 5121494
30 AEC Feedback Coaxial Cable
110Vac,
M4 151C 1
30
MNL 3p J5,J12
Torque Motor 2
30 to CPI -2409797
5123381-1 151R 3
30
342ZN
4
30
R Xray HV Cable
152 4
30 44CN Logic IO Board Xray Tube
B LS
R 7
30 3 3
2408348-1 5121886
to CPI -5122632 B
8
30 2 2
(UP)
J41 Tube Anode Cable
9 1 1 A1 B1 A7
5121655 Compress_limit1_sw to CPI -2409507
4 4 8
Compress_limit_sw
5 5 9 Tube Ground Cable
Tower SW G24
MCN 6 6
G24
10
2 5 to CPI -2409508
A6 11P
1 1 9 9
Up_side_sw
2 2 10 10 4 Tube Fan Power Cable
Up S Down_side_sw
3 3 11 11 3
4 4 4 4
Lamp_Tower_sw
1
FAN to PDU -2409505-6
3 5 5 5 5
+24Vdc
2
J352 A7
SFD interface Cable
C Dow 12P 6 6 12 12
Spare_Tower_sw
7 C
n S MNL 6p 5119984 MNL 12p 2409832
1 IDC 10p IDC 34p
5121657
4
J341 J531
5 In-Room Console Move Control Input Cable DB50 In-Room Foot SW
5121497 5121496-1
Cassette CN83 J6 IDC 50p

Digital Case G24 J1,J2,J3,J4


SW 1 1 1
Cassette_in_sw
A8 2 2 2 J5,J7,J11,J12
2409819-1 3 3 2409817 J331,J351
D To Main A3
4 4
Molex 3p
D
Molex 4p
5121492

Xray Control Board


CN12 CN82 J82 2408350
Operation indication
1 1 7 7
Col_RES-
1 A1 B3 J342 J542
2VR 1VR 1PR 2PR Col_RES+ In-Room Console Spot Control Input Cable DB50
2 2 10 10 2
Col_FED_UD
3 3 1 1 3
E 4 4 4 4
Col_FED_LR
Col_LR
4
IDC 34p
E
5 5 5 5 5
Col_UD
6 6 8 8 6
4LS Mot_LR+
7 7 9 9 7
2 3LS Mot_LR- A2
M
8 8 12 12 8
Mot_UD+
1LS 9 9 3 3 9 TM1 Area Designations
Mot_UD-
1 2LS 10 10 6 6 10
M GND
11 11 11 11 11 1 1
12 12 2 2 12
A1 - Table Base PWAs assembly
J1,J11 A2 - Table Power in Assmbly
HRS 12p MNL 12p 2 2
2409835 2409820 MNL 12p J332 A3 - Table Main Frame Assembly
F Col Trans
3 3
A4 - Table Base Motor Assembly
F
A6Fuse CN84 4 4 A5 - Table Front Assembly
L
12Vac 2A
110Vac 1 1
110Vac
AC12V
0Vac A6 - Table Tower Assembly
100W N 2 2 5 5
PE 3 3
PE A7 - Table Tube and Collimator
0Vac 0Vac A8 - Table Case and Image Chain
2409830-1 MNL 3p2409833 6 6
5121656-1
Collimator L3 Collimator SW MIS cable
5167951 L4
to Console -5162733
A7
G To Tube
G
SPK Table Audio Cable
Speaker Spk+ 1 1
Spk- to Console -2409700-1
A6 2 2

5119985

1 Mic+ MIC
MIC 3 Mic-
1 1 REVISIONS
2 2
A6 2
3 3
REV MADE BY DATE ECR NO. DESCRIPTION
11 OCT 2004 Initial Design
H 4 4
5119983 Molex 4p
1
2
Xu Yong
Xu Yong 15 DEC 2004 2010239 Update Some Cables Part No
MADE
APPROVALS YY/MM/DD TITLE
Precision THUNIS-800+ Table Schematics
REV H
3 Xu Yong 06 MAR 2006 Update For -Rainstorm
CHECK
FIRST MADE FOR: Storm 5
APPR
4 Jia Yingjie 03 JUL 2006
2030734 Update For Rainstorm
Jia Yingjie OTHER
GEHL MEDICAL SYSTEMS 5117026SCH SHT/CONT ON
5 13 DEC 2006 Update For Rainstorm 2 /2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure 10-2 5117026SCH-2

Chapter 10 - Schematics Page 291


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
1.2 Digital System Table Cable Routing

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Tube Fan Power Cable -2409505-6 3'8

'8&7 Area Designations


+26(
A A
Xray HV Cable -5122632 A1 - Table Base PWAs assembly
A2 - Table Power in Assmbly
Tube Anode Cable -2409507 *HQHUDWRU A3 - Table Main Frame Assembly
Tube Ground Cable -2409508
A4 - Table Base Motor Assembly
A5 - Table Front Assembly
0&1 A6 - Table Tower Assembly
&1
44 &RQVROH
A7 - Table Tube and Collimator
3636
 
  A8 - TableCase and Image Chain
B &1
B
 
63.
  &RQVROH
0,&

A6 &1 )HUULWH
C M4     *HQHUDWRU C
0&1 CCD Camera to PCU MIS Cable -5122285 &RQVROH
/6   

 


D  D

/6/6/6


%XONKHDG

/6/6/6
E $5 E
7DEOH7RS
 )UDPH
70 70
/6  
/6  F1 Table Power Cable -2409502

/6   F2 
/6     
/6 F3 
 
F &1 F4  F
 Ground Cable
 
 2409503
  
)HUULWH
7RS/5 70
)HUULWH
A3   )HUULWH
M3
   A4
   
M1
G  G
7LOW5),
)HUULWH
)HUULWH )HUULWH
A3 
7XEH8'
M2
  

 
H REVISIONS APPROVALS YY/MM/DD TITLE
REV H
REV MADE BY DATE ECR NO. DESCRIPTION
MADE
PS800+ Table Cable Routing
3636363636363636
1 Xu Yong 11 JAN 2006 Initial Design
CHECK
Precision 800+ Table
FIRST MADE FOR: 1
APPR
GEHL MEDICAL 5122468-1ADW SHT/CONT ON
- OTHER SYSTEMS 1/1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure 10-3 5122468-1ADW

Page 292 Section 1.0 - Positioner Table


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2.0
Generator
Please refer to the Generator Schematics in CPI Service Manual.

Chapter 10 - Schematics Page 293


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3.0
PDU
3.1 Digital System PDU Schematics

Page 294 Section 3.0 - PDU


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

p g
Figure 10-1 5121161SCH_s1_r1

Chapter 10 - Schematics Page 295


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4.0
Integrated Console
4.1 Digital System Console Schematics

Page 296 Section 4.0 - Integrated Console


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 10-1 5119248SCH_Rev3-1

Chapter 10 - Schematics Page 297


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 10-2 5119248SCH_Rev3-2

Page 298 Section 4.0 - Integrated Console


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 10-3 5119248SCH_Rev3-3

Chapter 10 - Schematics Page 299


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 300 Section 4.0 - Integrated Console


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Section 1.0
Scope
This section provides detailed information about each MIS run in the form of individual MIS cable
charts.
Each of the following charts defines a single interconnection in the system. The charts are arranged
in the order, according to MIS numbers. In some cases, a particular MIS number is repeated, except
for a letter added at the end. Such a set of charts use the same cable, and carry essentially the
same signals, however the applications for each chart is different - the point of connection is
different (at one or both ends) for each chart in the set.

Section 2.0
How to Use
Each MIS cable shown on the MIS map in 2409796-2(Digital System), has its own MIS chart. Each
chart identifies all signals present on the cable, and the specific pins associated with each signal.
See Figure 11-1 for an example.

Figure 11-1 MIS Chart Example

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 301


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3.0
MIS Charts
3.1 System Main Input Power Cable
Note: The four cables should be provided by hospital, three are power supply cables, and the other one
is ground cable.

Main Power Supply System PDU

TB1

Power Line U Power Line U

Power Line V Power Line V

Power Line W Power Line W

Power Line G Power Line G

3.2 2408885, Console Interface Board Power Cable

PART No. 2408885

Integrated Console Integrated Console

Console I/F J9 CN51/CN52 PS1

24G
1 CN51-4 (Brown)
+24V
6 CN51-2 (Red)

1 5G CN52-4 (Blue)
+5V
4 CN52-2 (Purple)
12G
2 CN51-6 (Black)
+12V
5 CN51-5 (Orange)
-12V
3 CN51-8 (Yellow)

Page 302 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.3 2408886, Cabinet TDSP CN333 Signal Cable

PART No. 2408886


1 of 2

Integrated Console Integrated Console

I/F J15 CN333 TDSP

VCC
1 1
VCC
2 2
VCC
3 3
VCC
4 4
VCC
5 5
VCC
6 6
GND
7 7
GND
8 8
GND
9 9
GND
10 10
GND
11 11
GND
12 12
F_BIT
13 13
R_BIT
14 14
F_ON
15 15
R_ON
16 16
EMERGENCY (No use)
17 17
IDNO+ (No use)
18 18

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 303


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

PART No. 2408886


2 of 2

Integrated Console Integrated Console

I/F J15 CN333 TDSP

/Y5
19 19
/Y6
20 20
12V
21 21
12V
22 22
TECH_SPOT
23 23
XRAY_ON
25 25
ABNORMAL (No use)
26 26
GND
39 39
GND
40 40
GND
41 41
GND
42 42
GND
43 43
GND
44 44
12V
45 45
12V
46 46
12V
47 47
12V
48 48
12V
49 49
12V
50 50

Page 304 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.4 2408887, Generator ROOM Interface Cable

PART No. 2408887

Integrated Console Generator

Console IF J17 Room IF Board

REMOTE PREP+
1 TB6-7

REMOTE PREP-
14 TB6-8

REMOTE FLUORO+
2 TB6-5

REMOTE FLUORO-
15 TB6-6

REMOTE EXP+
3 TB6-9

REMOTE EXP-
16 TB6-10

MULTISPOT+
4 TB5-11

MULTISPOT-
17 TB5-12

XRAY ON+
6 TB6-2

XRAY ON-
19 TB6-1

SPARE INPUT 1+ 7 TB5-2 SPARE OUTPUT1+

SPARE INPUT 1- 20 TB5-3 SPARE OUTPUT1-

SPARE INPUT 2+ 8 TB5-5 SPARE OUTPUT2+

SPARE INPUT 2- 21 TB5-6 SPARE OUTPUT2-

SPARE INPUT 3+ 9 TB5-8 SPARE OUTPUT3+

SPARE INPUT 3- 22 TB5-9 SPARE OUTPUT3-

SPARE INPUT 4+ 10 TB6-12 SPARE OUTPUT4+

SPARE INPUT 4- 23 TB6-11 SPARE OUTPUT4-

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 305


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.5 2408888, PCU Generator Interface Cable

PART No. 2408888

Integrated Console Generator

Imager PCU J4 J8 Gen IF BOARD

GND 2 SHIELD GND

ABC + 8 CONDUCT ABC +

3.6 2408889, CPI RS232 Communication Cable

PART No. 2408889

Integrated Console CPI Console

Console I/F Board J2 COM4

RS_TXD
TX 2 2 TX

RX 3 RS_RXD 3 RX

GND
GND 5 5 GND

Page 306 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.7 2408892, TDSP Ground Cable

PART No. 2408892

Integrated Concole Integrated Concole

Joystick Panel Desk Grounding


Panel

GND GND

3.8 2408896, AC DC Module 1 Power Input Cable

PART No. 2408896

Integrated Console Integrated Console

Power Strip PS1

FG
1 5
L
2 1
N
3 3

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 307


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.9 2408897, AC DC Module 2 Power Input Cable

PART No. 2408897

Integrated Concole Integrated Concole

Power Strip PS2

L
2 2 (White)

3 N 3 (Black)

1 FG 4 (Green)

3.10 2408898, DeskBottom Ground Cable

PART No. 2408898

Integrated Concole Integrated Concole

Desk Bottom Desk Grounding


Panel

GND GND

3.11 2408899, Desk Ground Cable

PART No. 2408899

Integrated Concole Integrated Concole

Desk Grounding Cabinet Grounding


Panel Panel

GND GND

Page 308 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.12 2408902, PCU Power Cable

PART No. 2408902

Integrated Concole Integrated Concole

PCU J11 PS2

24G
1 3 (Black)
24V
2 2 (Red)

3.13 2408905-1, Image Monitor Power Cable

PART No. 2408905-1

Integrated Concole Integrated Concole

Power Strip 20'' Monitor

FG
1 1
L
2 2
N
3 3

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 309


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.14 2408907, Camera Control Cable

PART No. 2408907


1 of 2

Integrated Console Integrated Console

PCU J7 J7 Console I/F


MEM_CMD_2
1 1
reserved
2 2
reserved
3 3
MEM_CMD_1
4 4
GND
5 5
SHAD_CMD_1
6 6
MEM_CMD_3
7 7
BLK_CMD
8 8
RF_CMD_1
9 9
GND
10 10
SHAD_CMD_0
11 11
MEM_CMD_4
12 12
RF_CMD_2
13 13
RF_CMD_0
14 14
GND
15 15
EE_CMD_0
16 16
VI_CMD
17 17
GAMMA_CMD_1
18 18
LIM_CMD
19 19
GND
20 20

Page 310 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

PART No. 2408907


2 of 2

Integrated Console Integrated Console

PCU J7 J7 Console I/F


reserved
21 21
MEM_CMD_0
22 22
MEM_CMD_5
23 23
reserved
24 24
GND
25 25
MEM_CMD_6
26 26
MODE_CMD_1
27 27
MODE_CMD_2
28 28
MODE_CMD_3
29 29
GND
30 30
GAMMA_CMD_2
31 31
MODE_CMD_0
32 32
TXT_CMD
33 33
HI_CMD
34 34
GND
35 35
GAMMA_CMD_0
36 36
EE_CMD_1
37 37

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 311


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.15 2408912, Brightness Adj. Assembly

PART No. 2408912

Integrated Console Integrated Console

I/F Board J10 Brightness Adjustment

GND
1 1

CHANNLE_B
2 2

VCC
3 3

CHANNLE_A
4 4

GND
5 5

3.16 2408913, Contrast Adj. Assembly

PART No. 2408913

Integrated Console Integrated Console

I/F Board J8 Contrast Adjustment

GND
1 1

CHANNLE_B
2 2

VCC
3 3

CHANNLE_A
4 4

GND
5 5

Page 312 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.17 2408914, Intercomm Power Cable

PART No. 2408914

Integrated Console Integrated Console

Console I/F J14 J7 Intercomm

GND
1 1
+12V
2 2
5V
3 3
-12V
4 4
GND
5 5

3.18 2408924, Console MIC Audio Cable

PART No. 2408924

Integrated Console Integrated Console

PS2 Console Mic Assy. J1 Intercomm

MIC-
2 2

MIC+
1 1

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 313


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.19 2408925, Console Speaker Audio Cable

PART No. 2408925

Integrated Console Integrated Console

PS2 Console J6 Intercomm


Speaker Assy.

SP+
1 1

SP-
2 2

3.20 2409055, TDSP CN331 MIS Cable

PART No. 2409055

Integrated Console Positioner Table

TDSP Board CN331 J431 Bulkhead

see table 1 see table 1

From Signal To
1 Not used 1
2 Not used 2
3 24V 3
4 RISE_CONSOLE_SW 4
5 SPARE_CONSOLE_SW 5
6 FULL_CONSOLE_SW 6
7 FULLINV_CONSOLE_SW 7
8 24V 8
9 DOWN_CONSOLE_SW 9
10 UP_CONSOLE_SW 10
11 24V 11
Table 11-1 Console Move Control Signals

Page 314 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
From Signal To
12 LEFT_CONSOLE_SW 12
13 RIGHT_CONSOLE_SW 13
14 24V 14
15 COM_UP_CONSOLE_SW 15
16 COM_DOWN_CONSOLE_SW 16
17 FOOT_CONSOLE_SW 17
18 24V 18
19 XRAY_CONSOLE_SW 19
20 Not used 20
21 Not used 21
22 Not used 22
23 Not used 23
24 CON_RES- 24
25 CON1_LR 25
26 CON_RES_LR+ 26
27 CON_RES- 27
28 CON1_UD 28
29 CON_RES_UD+ 29
30 Not used 30
31 24V 31
32 EMERGENCY_FED+ 32
33 EMERGENCY_FED- 33
34 Not used 34
35 Not used 35
36 Not used 36
37 Not used 37
38 Not used 38
39 COM_LED 39
40 COM_LED 40
41 Not used 41
42 Not used 42
43 Not used 43
44 Not used 44
45 G12V 45
46 G12V 46
47 EMERGENCY_SW 47
48 Not used 48
49 +12V 49
50 +12V 50
Table 11-1 Console Move Control Signals

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 315


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.21 2409056, TDSP CN332 MIS Cable

PART No. 2409056

Integrated Console Positioner Table

TDSP Board CN332 J442 Bulkhead

see table 2 see table 2

From Signal To
1 Not used 1
2 Not used 2
4 REC_DA<0> 4
3 REC_DA<1> 3
6 REC_DA<2> 6
5 REC_DA<3> 5
8 REC_DA<4> 8
7 REC_DA<5> 7
10 REC_DA<6> 10
9 REC_DA<7> 9
11 TRA_DA<0> 11
12 TRA_DA<1> 12
13 TRA_DA<2> 13
14 TRA_DA<3> 14
15 TRA_DA<4> 15
16 TRA_DA<5> 16
17 TRA_DA<6> 17
18 TRA_DA<7> 18
19 TRA_DA<8> 19
20 TRA_DA<9> 20
21 TRA_DA<10> 21
22 TRA_DA<11> 22
23 TRA_DA<12> 23
24 TRA_DA<13> 24
25 TRA_DA<14> 25
26 TRA_DA<15> 26
27 TRA_DA<16> 27
Table 11-2 Console Spot Control Signals

Page 316 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
From Signal To
28 TRA_DA<17> 28
29 TRA_DA<18> 29
30 TRA_DA<19> 30
31 TRA_DA<20> 31
32 TRA_DA<21> 32
33 TRA_DA<22> 33
34 TRA_DA<23> 34
35 TRA_DA<24> 35
36 TRA_DA<25> 36
37 TRA_DA<26> 37
38 TRA_DA<27> 38
39 TRA_DA<28> 39
40 TRA_DA<29> 40
41 TRA_DA<30> 41
42 TRA_DA<31> 42
43 Not used 43
44 Not used 44
45 Not used 45
46 Not used 46
47 Not used 47
48 Not used 48
49 Not used 49
50 Not used 50
Table 11-2 Console Spot Control Signals

3.22 2409360, DSA SYNC Signal Cable

PART No. 2409360

Integrated Console Integrated Console

I/F Board J13 IMG. CONV. Digital Box


BD

Coaxial
SYNC_SIGNAL IN SYNC_SIGNAL OUT

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 317


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.23 2409361, DSA 1750 Card RT Control Cable

PART No. 2409361

Integrated Console Integrated Console

1750 Card J13 IF Board

RAD_STATUS
1 1
FLUORO_STATUS
20 2
SINGLE_SPOT
2 3
GATE_TRIGGER
21 4
GATE_SEL
3 5
DSA_SEL
22 6
PATH_SEL (not use)
4 7
REPLAY_SEL (not use)
23 8
SINGLE_FRM_FORWARD (not use)
5 14
SINGLE_FRM_BACKWARD (not use)
24 15
WW_INCRES
6 16
WW_DECRES
25 17
WL_DECRES
7 18
WL_INCRES
26 19
(not use)
8 20
(not use)
27 21

Page 318 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.24 2409362, Generator Digital Interface Cable

PART No. 2409362

Integrated Console Generator

Console IF J4 J2 Digital IF Board

FLUORO ON +
1 1
FLUORO ON -
14 2
RAD PREP +
2 3
RAD PREP -
15 4
RAD READY+
3 5
RAD READY-
16 6
MODE SELECT+
4 7
MODE SELECT-
17 8
II MODE 1+
5 9
II MODE 1-
18 10
II MODE 2+
6 11
II MODE 2-
19 12
RAD EXP +
7 13
RAD EXP -
20 14
II MODE 3+
8 15
II MODE 3-
21 16
PULSE FLUORO ON+
10 17
PULSE FLUORO ON-
23 18
XRAY ON +
11 19
XRAY ON -
24 20
PULSE FLUORO SYNC IN+
12 21
PULSE FLUORO SYNC IN-
25 22

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 319


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.25 2409364, DSA Video RGB Cable

PART No. 2409364

Integrated Concole Integrated Concole

Workstation
20'' Monitor VGA Digital Box

RED
1 1
GREEN
2 2
BLUE
3 3
RED SHIELD
6 6
GREEN SHIELD
7 7
BLUE SHIELD
8 8
SYNC GND
10 10
H_SYNC
13 13
V_SYNC
14 14

Page 320 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.26 2409365, DSA LVDS Convert Cable

PART No.
1 of 2
2409365

Integrated Console Integrated Console

Digital Box IMG. CONV. J5 PCU


BD

VID0+
1 23
VID0-
26 4
VID1+
2 3
VID1-
27 22
VID2+
3 21
VID2-
28 2
VID3+
4 1
VID3-
29 20
VID4+
5 28
VID4-
30 9
VID5+
6 8
VID5-
31 27
VID6+
7 26
VID6-
32 7
VID7+
8 5
VID7-
33 25
VID8+
9 33
VID8-
34 14

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 321


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

PART No.
2 of 2
2409365

Integrated Console Integrated Console

Digital Box IMG. CONV. J5 PCU


BD
VID9+
10 13
VID9-
35 32
VID10+
11 30
VID10-
36 11
VID11+
12 10
VID11-
37 29
FRAME_VALID+
15 17
FRAME_VALID-
40 36
DATA_VALID+
17 35
DATA _VALID-
42 16
LINE_VALID+
16 37
LINE_VALID-
41 19

Page 322 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.27 2409366, Camera Link Cable

PART No. 2409366


1 of 2

Integrated Concole Integrated Concole

Digital Box Img. Conv. Frm. Grab. Digitla Box


Bd Bd

GND
1 1
GND
14 14
X0-
2 2
X0+
15 15
X1-
3 3
X1+
16 16
X2-
4 4
X2+
17 17
XCLK-
5 5
XCLK+
18 18
X3-
6 6
X3+
19 19
SERTC+
7 7
SERTC-
20 20
SERTFG-
8 8
SERTFG+
21 21
CC1-
9 9
CC1+
22 22

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 323


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

PART No. 2409366


2 of 2

Integrated Concole Integrated Concole

Digital Box Img. Conv. Frm. Grab. Digitla Box


Bd Bd
CC2+
10 10
CC2-
23 23
CC3-
11 11
CC3+
24 24
CC4+
12 12
CC4-
25 25
GND
13 13
GND
26 26

3.28 2409492, CPI Input Power Cable1 U

PART No. 2409492

System PDU Generator

TB2 U A HV Tank

Power Line U Power Line U

Page 324 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.29 2409493, CPI Input Power Cable2 V

PART No. 2409493

System PDU Generator

TB2 V B HV Tank

Power Line V Power Line V

3.30 2409494, CPI Input Power Cable3 W

PART No. 2409494

System PDU Generator

TB2 W C HV Tank

Power Line W Power Line W

3.31 2409495, CPI Ground Cable 4#

PART No. 2409495

System PDU Generator

HV Tank

GND GND

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 325


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.32 2409496, Microphone Volume Adjust Cable

PART No. 2409496

Integrated Console Integrated Console

Mic Volume Adjust J4 Intercomm

1 1 SIG_IN

2 2 SIG_OUT

3 3 GND

3.33 2409497, Speaker Volume Adjust Cable

PART No. 2409497

Integrated Console Integrated Console

Speaker Volume Adjust J8 Intercomm

1 1 SIG_IN

2 2 SIG_OUT

3 3 GND

Page 326 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.34 2409498, II Power and Control Cable

PART No. 2409498

Integrated Console Positioner Table

Console IF J5 J432 Bulkhead

GND
1 1

GND
4 4

GND
5 5

II_CTRL<1>
6 6

GND
7 7

GND
8 8

II_CTRL<2>
13 13

II_CTRL<0>
14 14

II_POWER(24V)
15 15

3.35 2409500, System Console Power Cable 2 core

PART No. 2409500

System PDU Integrated Console

J4 Power Strip

220VAC 220VAC Power

0VAC 0VAC

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 327


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.36 2409501, System Console Ground Cable 8#

PART No. 2409501

System PDU Integrated Console

GND Console GND

3.37 2409502, Table Power Cable 3 core

PART No. 2409502

PDU Positioner Table

J3 TM1

220VAC TM1.2 220VAC Table PS

110VAC TM1.3 110VAC Table PS

0VAC TM1.4 0VAC Table PS

3.38 2409503, Table Ground Cable 8#

PART No. 2409503

PDU Positioner Table

GND GND

Page 328 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.39 2409505-6, Tube Fan Power Cable 2 core

PART No. 2409505-6

PDU Positioner Table

J5 Fan

220VAC Tube Fan PS 220VAC

0VAC Tube Fan PS 0VAC

PE PE

3.40 2409507, Tube Anode Power Cable 5 core

PART No. 2409507

Generator Positioner Table

HV Tank Tube (A196)

C 1

M 2

S 3

T1 5

T2 6
Shield
GND GND

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 329


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.41 2409508, Tube Ground Cable 10#

PART No. 2409508

Generator Positioner Table

Oil Tank E Xray Tube

Ground
PE PE

3.42 2409637, PDU Power ON Cable 2 core

PART No. 2409637

System PDU Generator

Room Interface
J1 Boards

Power ON/OFF Signal


24VDC TB8 24VDC

0VDC TB7 0VDC


Shield
GND GND

Page 330 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.43 2409700-1, Audio Cable

PART No. 2409700-1

Integrated Console Positioner Table

Intercom J2 SPK Cable 5119985

SPEAKER +
1 1

SPEAKER -
2 2

Intercom J5 MIC Cable 5119983

MIC +
4 4

MIC -
5 5

MIC - Shield
6 6

3.44 2409797, AEC Feedback Coaxial Cable

PART No. 2409797

Generator Positioner Table

AEC Board II Image Chain


channel 1 & 2 AEC board
AEC Feedback Signal
12 J2
Shield
7 GND

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 331


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.45 2409811, Table Board Interface Cable 1

PART No. 2409811

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Logic IO Board J11 J11 Xray Control Board

see table 3 see table 3

From Signal To
1 DI_CPLD<0> 1
2 DI_CPLD<1> 2
3 DI_CPLD<2> 3
4 DI_CPLD<3> 4
5 DI_CPLD<4> 5
6 DI_CPLD<5> 6
7 DI_CPLD<6> 7
8 DI_CPLD<7> 8
9 DO_CPLD<0> 9
10 DO_CPLD<1> 10
11 DO_CPLD<2> 11
12 DO_CPLD<3> 12
13 DO_CPLD<4> 13
14 DO_CPLD<5> 14
15 DO_CPLD<6> 15
16 DO_CPLD<7> 16
17 DO_CPLD<8> 17
18 DO_CPLD<9> 18
19 DO_CPLD<10> 19
20 DO_CPLD<11> 20
21 DO_CPLD<12> 21
22 DO_CPLD<13> 22
23 DO_CPLD<14> 23
24 DO_CPLD<15> 24
25 COL_CPLD<0> 25
26 COL_CPLD<1> 26
27 COL_CPLD<2> 27
28 COL_CPLD<3> 28
Table 11-3 Xray Control Signals

Page 332 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
From Signal To
29 COL_CPLD<4> 29
30 COL_CPLD<5> 30
31 COL_CPLD<6> 31
32 COL_CPLD<7> 32
33 Not used 33
34 Not used 34
35 CON1_LR 35
36 CON1_UD 36
37 CON2_LR 37
38 CON2_UD 38
39 CON_RES_LR+ 39
40 CON_RES_UD+ 40
41 CON_RES- 41
42 CON_RES- 42
43 VCC 43
44 VCC 44
45 VCC 45
46 VCC 46
47 GND 47
48 GND 48
49 GND 49
50 GND 50
Table 11-3 Xray Control Signals

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 333


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.46 2409812, Table Board Interface Cable 2

PART No. 2409812

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Logic IO Board J12 J12 Motor Relay Board


TOP_LEFT
1 1
TOP_RIGHT
2 2
COMPRESS_DOWN
3 3
COMPRESS_UP
4 4
TILT_RISE
5 5
TILT_FALL
6 6
TILT_SPARE
7 7
TILT_IVT_DO
8 8
TUBE_RISE
9 9
TUBE_FALL
10 10
TUBE_SPARE
11 11
TUBE_IVT_DO
12 12
24V
13 13
24V
14 14
24V
15 15
24V
16 16
GND
17 17
GND
18 18
GND
19 19
GND
20 20

Page 334 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.47 2409813, Table Tilt Over Switch Cable

PART No. 2409813

Positioner Table Positioner Table

IO Board J5 Tilt Over LS Assy

+24V
1 1 (Brown)
+24V
2 2 (Yellow)
+24V
3 3 (Blue)
INCLINE-OVER
4 4 (Gray)
VERTICAL-OVER
5 5 (White)
REVERSE-DEGREE
6 6 (Red)

3.48 2409814, Table Tilt Stop Switch Cable

PART No. 2409814

Positioner Table Positioner Table

IO Board J3 Tilt Stop LS Assy

+24V
1 1 (Brown)
+24V
2 2 (Yellow)
+24V
3 3 (Blue)

4 VERTICAL-STOP 4 (Gray)

5 LEVEL-STOP 5 (White)

6 INCLINE-STOP 6 (Red)

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 335


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.49 2409815, Table Limit Switch Cable

PART No. 2409815

Positioner Table Positioner Table

IO Board J4 Limit SW

24V
1 1 (Black)
LEFT LIMIT SW
2 2 (Brown)
24V
3 3 (Red)
RIGHT LIMIT SW
4 4 (Orange)
24V
5 5 (Yellow)
UP LIMIT SW
6 6 (Green)
24V
7 7 (Blue)
DOWN LIMIT SW
8 8 (Purple)
24V
9 9 (Gray)
RANGE SW
10 10 (White)

Page 336 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.50 2409816, Table IO Board Power Cable

PART No. 2409816

Positioner Table Positioner Table

IO Board J1 CN51/CN52 Switch Power

+24V
IO Board J1-1 CN52-1
24G
IO Board J1-2 CN52-3
5G
IO Board J1-3 CN51-3
+5V
IO Board J1-4 CN51-1
+15V
Xray Board J1-1 CN51-5
15G
Xray Board J1-2 CN51-6
15G
Xray Board J1-3 CN51-7
-15V
Xray Board J1-4 CN51-8
+5V
SFD-1 CN51-2 (Red)
5G
SFD-2 CN51-4 (Black)
+5V
R1-1 CN51-2 (Red)
5G
R1-2 CN51-4 (Black)

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 337


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.51 2409817, Cassette Signal Cable

PART No. 2409817

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Cable 2409819 CN83 J6 Logic IO Board

+24Vdc
1 1
Cassette in SW
2 2

3.52 2409818, Table Relay Control Cable

PART No. 2409818

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Table Main Frm Assy


IO Board J7 RY1

+24V
1 1 (Red)
POWER-RELAY
2 2 (Black)

Page 338 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.53 2409819, Cassette Swich Cable

PART No. 2409819

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Cable 2409817 CN83 Cassette SW

+24Vdc
1 1
Cassette in SW
2 2

3.54 2409820, Collimator Control Cable

PART No. 2409820

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Cable 2409835 CN82 J82 Xray Control Board

Col RES-
7 1
Col RES+
10 2
Col FED UD
1 3
Col FED LR
4 4
Col LR
5 5
Col UD
8 6
Mot LR+
9 7
Mot LR-
12 8
Mot UD+
3 9
Mot UD-
6 10
GND
11 11

2 12

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 339


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.55 2409821, Table Top Motor Cable

PART No. 2409821

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Relay Board J2 TM12 Table Main Frm Assy

220VAC
1 1 (Red)
TOP_MOT1
2 2 (Black)
TOP_MOT2
3 3 (White)

3.56 2409822, Table Relay Board Power Cable

PART No. 2409822

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Relay Board J1 TM1 Fuse

220VAC
1 A2 RY1 Pin6
110VAC
2 A2 Fuse F4
0VAC
3 TM1 Pin4
PE
4 Braid

Page 340 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.57 2409823, Tilt Inverter Control Cable

PART No. 2409823

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Frequency Inverter
Relay Board J4 IO FC1

GND
1 1
TILT INVERTER D0
2 2
TILT INVERTER DI0
3 3
TILT INVERTER DI1
4 4
TILT INVERTER DI2
5 5
TILT INVERTER +24V
6 6
TILT INVERTER 24G
7 7
NC1
8 8
NC2
9 9
PE
10 Braid

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 341


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.58 2409824, Tube Inverter Control Cable

PART No. 2409824

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Frequency Inverter
Relay Board J5 IO FC2
GND
1 1
TUBE INVERTER D0
2 2
TUBE INVERTER DI0
3 3
TUBE INVERTER DI1
4 4
TUBE INVERTER DI2
5 5
TUBE INVERTER +24V
6 6
TUBE INVERTER 24G
7 7
NC1
8 8
NC2
9 9
PE
10 Braid

3.59 2409825, Switch Power Input Cable

PART No. 2409825

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Fuse CN1 SPwr


L
1 1
N
2 3
FG
3 5

Page 342 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.60 2409826, Tilt Motor Power Cable

PART No. 2409826

Positioner Table
Positioner Table

Frequency Inverter
FC1 UVW Motor1

U
1 1
V
2 2
W
3 3
PE
4 4

3.61 2409827, Tube Motor Power Cable

PART No. 2409827

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Frequency Inverter
FC2 UVW Motor2
U
1 1
V
2 2
W
3 3
PE
4 4

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 343


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.62 2409828, Console Move Control Input Cable

PART No. 2409828

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Bulkhead J431 J331 Logic I/O Board

see table 1 see table 1

3.63 2409829, Console Spot Control Input Cable

PART No. 2409829

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Bulkhead J442 J332 Xray Control Board

see table 2 see table 2

3.64 2409830, Transformer Collimator Cable

PART No. 2409830

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Collimator Trans CN84 Cable 2409833

110Vac
1 1
0Vac
2 2
PE
3 3

Page 344 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.65 2409831, II Power Cable

PART No. 2409831

Positioner Table II Image Chain

Bulkhead J432 II PWR

GND
1 1

GND
4 4

GND
5 5

II_CTRL<1>
6 6

GND
7 7

GND
8 8

II_CTRL<2>
13 13

II_CTRL<0>
14 14

II_POWER(24V)
15 15

3.66 2409832, Compressor Motor Control Cable

PART No. 2409832


1 of 2

Positioner Table Positioner Table

44CN J3 Motor Relay Bd


Cable 5119984
2409816
COM_MTR2
1 3

COM_MTR1
2 2

110VAC
3 1

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 345


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL

PART No.
2 of 2
2409832

Positioner Table Positioner Table

44CN J41 Logic I/O Bd


Cable 5119984 2408348-1

TOWER_SW_LAMP
4 1

+24V
5 2

COM_LS1
6 8

COM_LS
7 9

+24V
8 10

+24V
9 5

UP_SIDE_SW
10 4

DOWN_SIDE_SW
11 3

SPARE_TOWER_SW
12 7

3.67 2409833, Collimator Power Cable

PART No. 2409833

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Cable 2409830 CN84 TM1

110Vac
1 1
0Vac
2 2
PE
3 3

Page 346 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.68 2409835, Collimator Control Cable 2

PART No. 2409835

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Cable 2409820 CN82 CN12 Collimator

COL_RES_
1 3
COL_RES+
2 12
COL_FED_VD
3 9
COL_FED_LR
4 4
COL_LR
5 5
COL_VD
6 10
MOT_LR+
7 1
MOT_LR_
8 6
MOT_VD+
9 7
MOT_VD_
10 2
GND
11 11

12 8

3.69 2410123, PCU Ground Cable

PART No. 2410123

Integrated Console Integrated Console

PCU Cabinet Grounding


Panel

GND GND

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 347


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.70 5119273-1, Table Power in Harness 1

PART No. 5119273-1

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Table Power in Fuse


Assy TM1
220VAC
1 1
220VAC
2 2
220VAC
2 3
110VAC
3 4

3.71 5119273-2, Table Power in Harness 2

PART No. 5119273-2

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Table Power in
Fuse Assy RY1

220VAC
1 1
220VAC
2 2
220VAC
3 2

Page 348 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.72 5119273-3, Table Power in Harness 3

PART No. 5119273-3

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Table Power in Frequency Inverter


Assy FC1 / FC2

220VAC
A2 RY1-4 1
220VAC
A2 RY1-5 2

3.73 5119273-4, Table Power In Harness 4

PART No. 5119273-4

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Table Power in Frequency Inverter


Assy FC1 / FC2

0VAC
1 1
0VAC
2 2

3.74 5119258, Console Footswitch Assembly

PART No. 5119258

Integrated Console Integrated Console

Intercomm FootSwitch J3 Intercomm

1 COM COM 1

2 N.O. N.O. 2

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 349


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.75 5119274, Table Top Transverse Limit SW Cable

PART No. 5119274

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Table Main Frm TM11 21LS / 22LS Table Main Frm Assy
Assy
+24VAC
1 21LS-1
LEFT-LIMIT-SW
2 21LS-2
+24VAC
3 22LS-3
RIGHT-LIMIT-SW
4 22LS-4

3.76 5119276-1, Table Tube Movement LS Cable1

PART No. 5119276-1

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Table Main Frm


Assy TM11 11LS Table Main Frm Assy

COM
1 1
NC
2 2

Page 350 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.77 5119276-2, Table Tube Movement LS Cable2

PART No. 5119276-2

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Table Main Frm


Assy TM11 12LS Table Main Frm Assy

COM
1 1
NC
2 2

3.78 5119276-3, Table Tube Movement LS Cable3

PART No. 5119276-3

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Table Main Frm


Assy TM11 13LS Table Main Frm Assy

COM
1 1
NC
2 2

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 351


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.79 5119278, Table Side SW Cable2

PART No. 5119278

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Table Main Frm Assy 351CN J351 IO Board


24V
1 1
LAMP_SIDE_SW
2 2
24V
3 3
RISE_SIDE_SW
4 4
24V
5 5
FALL_SIDE_SW
6 6
FALLINV_SIDE_SW
7 7
24V
8 8
UP_SIDE_SW
9 9
DOWN_SIDE_SW
10 10
24V
11 11
LEFT_SIDE_SW
12 12
RIGHT_SIDE_SW
13 13
EMERGENCY_SW
14 14
EMERGENCY_SW
15 15
24V
16 16
G12V
17 17
G12V
18 18
+12V
19 19
+12V
20 20

Page 352 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.80 5119983, Table Audio Cable

PART No. 5119983

Positioner Table Positioner Table

MIC MIC Audio Cable (2409701-1)

Mic+
1 1
Mic-
2 2

3 3

3.81 5119984, Compressor Assembly Cable

PART No. 5119984

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Cable 2409832 44CN Compress Power

COM_MTR2
1 301
COM_MTR1
2 302
110VAC
3 300
TOWER_SW_LAMP
4 4
+24V
5 5
COM_LS1
6 307
COM_LS
7 308
+24V
8 309
+24V
9 1
UP_SIDE_SW
10 2
DOWN_SIDE_SW
11 3
SPARE_TOWER_SW
12 6

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 353


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.82 5119985, Table Audio Cable2

PART No. 5119985

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Speaker SPK Audio Cable 2409700-1

spk+
1 1
spk-
2 2

3.83 5119986, RC Contact Suppression Cable

PART No. 5119986

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Table Main Frm Assy Table Main Frm Assy


TM12 Left Side TM12 Right Side

3.84 5119987, Table Ground Cable1

PART No. 5119987

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Tube Arm E Ground

Tower A6
E E

Page 354 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.85 5119988, Table Ground Cable2

PART No. 5119988

Positioner Table

Table Main Frm Assy GND

E E

3.86 5119989, Table Ground Cable3

PART No. 5119989

Positioner Table

Table Base PW Assy GND

E E

3.87 5119990-1, Table Base Ground Cable

PART No. 5119990-1

Positioner Table

Table Base Motor Assy GND

E E

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 355


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.88 5119990-2, Table Teminal Ground Cable

PART No. 5119990-2

Positioner Table

Table Power in
Assy TM1 GND

E E

3.89 5121492, Table Ground Cable5

PART No. 5121492

Positioner Table Positioner Table

TableCase and
Table Main Frm Assy GND Image Chain

E E

3.90 5121493, Table Ground Cable6

PART No. 5121493

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Table Main Frm Assy GND Table Side SW

E E

Page 356 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.91 5121494, Table Ground Cable7

PART No. 5121494

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Main E E Image Chain

E E

3.92 5121496, In-Room Foot Switch

PART No. 5121496

In-Room FootSwitch Positioner Table

J531 Bulkhead

+24V
SW_COM 18
FOOT_IRC_SW
SW_NO 17
PE
SW_PE SHIELD

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 357


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.93 5121497, In-Room Console Move Control Input Cable

PART No. 5121497

Positioner Table Positioner Table

I/O Board J341 J531 Bulkhead

+24V
18 18
FOOT_IRC_SW
17 17

3.94 5121655, Compressor Limit Switch Cable

PART No. 5121655

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Table Tower Assy Compressor


Term Board Limit SW

+24V
1 1
COM_LS
2 2

Page 358 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.95 5121656, Collimator Transformer Cable2

PART No. 5121656

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Collimator Col Trans

12Vac
L
0Vac
N

3.96 5121657, Tower Push Switch Cable

PART No. 5121657

Positioner Table Positioner Table

Table Tower Assy


Table Tower Assy MCN Tower SW

+24V
1 1,6
UP_SIDE_SW
2 2
DOWN_SIDE_SW
3 3
TOWER_SW_LAMP
4 4,7
+24V
5 5,8

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 359


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.97 5122285, Cable from PCU to CCD Camera

PART No. 5122285

Integrated Console Positioner Table

PCU J1 LVDS II Image Chain

Camera Head
see table 4 see table 4

Pin Number Row △ Row ○ Note


1 _ _ Not used, leave unconnected
2 GND GND LVDS input
3 RXD not RXD LVDS output
4 TXD not TXD LVDS input
5 SYNC not SYNC LVDS output
6 VIDV not VIDV LVDS output
7 VIDH not VIDH LVDS output
8 VIDD not VIDD LVDS output
9 VID0 not VID0 LVDS output
10 VID1 not VID1 LVDS output
11 VID2 not VID2 LVDS output
12 VID3 not VID3 LVDS output
13 VID4 not VID4 LVDS output
14 VID5 not VID5 LVDS output
15 VID6 not VID6 LVDS output
16 VID7 not VID7 LVDS output
17 VID8 not VID8 LVDS output
18 VID9 not VID9 LVDS output
19 VID10 not VID10 LVDS output
20 VID11 not VID11 LVDS output
21 GND +24V power input
22 GND +24V power input
23 GND +24V power input
24 GND +24V power input
25 GND +24V power input
Table 11-4 Camera Connector

Page 360 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.98 5122517, Digital Box KeyBoard Bracket Left Side Grounding Cable

PART No. 5122517

Integrated Concole Integrated Concole

Keyboard Desk Grounding


Bracket Left Panel

GND GND

3.99 5122518, Digital Box KeyBoard Bracket Right Side Grounding Cable

PART No. 5122518

Integrated Concole Integrated Concole

Keyboard Desk Grounding


Bracket Right Panel

GND GND

3.100 5122632, HV Cable

PART No. 5122632

Generator Positioner Table

HV Tank Tube

HV Tank Anode+ J1 Tube Anode+

HV Tank Cathod- J2 Tube Cathod-

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 361


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.101 5123315, CPI Touchscreen Console Communication Cable

PART No. 5123315

Generator CPI T/S Console

IF board J4 GEN

3.102 5124835, CPI Touchscreen Console GND Cable

PART No. 5124835

Generator Xray APR Console

GND GND

3.103 5127788, Grounding Cable

PART No. 5127788

Integrated Concole Integrated Concole

Desk Back Panel Desk Grounding


Panel

GND GND

Page 362 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.104 5160781, PCU Communication Cable

PART No. 5160781

PCU Workstation

+5
1 1
RXD
2 2
TXD
3 3
NC
4 4
GND
5 5
NC
6 6
NC
7 7
NC
8 8
NC
9 9

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 363


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.105 5162261, In-Room Monitor VGA Cable

PART No. 5162261

Integrated Concole Integrated Concole

Workstation
LCD Monitor VGA2 Digital Box

RED
1 1
GREEN
2 2
BLUE
3 3
RED SHIELD
6 6
GREEN SHIELD
7 7
BLUE SHIELD
8 8
SYNC GND
10 10
H_SYNC
13 13
V_SYNC
14 14

3.106 5162380, In-Room Monitor Power Cable

PART No. 5162380

Console Terminal In-Room Monitor

220VAC
L, N, FG Power In

Page 364 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
3.107 5162732, GenWare Communication Cable

PART No. 5162732

CPI Console Workstation

+5
1 1
RXD
3 2
TXD
2 3
NC
4 4
GND
5 5
NC
6 6
NC
7 7
NC
8 8
NC
9 9

3.108 5162733, Collimator Light Switch MIS Cable

PART No. 5162733

Integrated Console Collimator

Iamp Switch Terminal

SW - COM
1 L3
SW - NO
2 L4

Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 365


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2406876-100, REVISION 7 PRECISION THUNIS-800+ SERVICE MANUAL
This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 366 Chapter 11 - MIS Chart


GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
NO.1, YONGCHANG NORTH ROAD
ECONOMIC & TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT ZONE
FAX: 86-10-67881850
TELE: 86-10-58068888
368
BEIJING, P. R. CHINA 100176